1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "ecoff-bfd.h"
37 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
39 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
51 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
58 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
59 There are four types of entry:
61 (1) an absolute address
62 requires: abfd == NULL
65 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
66 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
67 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
69 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
70 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
74 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
75 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
78 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
80 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
81 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
85 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
87 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
88 that should be added to the symbol value. */
90 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
91 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
92 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
93 otherwise it is in the global area. */
94 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
97 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
98 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
99 unsigned char tls_type
;
101 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
102 and created the associated relocations. */
103 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
105 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
106 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
107 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
111 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
112 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
113 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
114 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
115 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
117 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
118 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
119 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
120 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
121 struct mips_got_page_ref
126 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
132 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
133 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
135 struct mips_got_page_range
137 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
138 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
139 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
142 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
143 relocations against a given section. */
144 struct mips_got_page_entry
146 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
148 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
149 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
150 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
154 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
158 /* The number of global .got entries. */
159 unsigned int global_gotno
;
160 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
161 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
162 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
163 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
164 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
165 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
166 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
167 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
168 unsigned int local_gotno
;
169 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
170 unsigned int page_gotno
;
171 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
173 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
174 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
175 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
176 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
177 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
178 struct htab
*got_entries
;
179 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
180 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
181 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
182 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
183 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
184 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
185 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
188 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
190 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
192 /* The output bfd. */
194 /* The link information. */
195 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
196 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
197 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
199 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
200 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
202 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
203 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
205 unsigned int max_count
;
206 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
207 unsigned int max_pages
;
208 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
209 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
210 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
212 unsigned int global_count
;
215 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
216 when laying out the GOT. */
218 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
220 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
221 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
225 struct _mips_elf_section_data
227 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
234 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
235 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
237 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
238 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
239 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
240 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
242 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
243 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
244 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
245 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
246 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
247 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
249 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
250 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
251 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
252 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
253 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
256 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
257 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
258 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
260 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
263 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
264 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
267 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
269 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
273 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
275 to a separate trampoline section.
277 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
278 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
279 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
280 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
281 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
282 asection
*stub_section
;
284 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
287 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
288 in H->root.root.u.def. */
289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
292 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
294 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
296 #define LA25_BC(VAL) (0xc8000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* bc VAL */
297 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
300 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
302 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
303 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
305 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
306 the dynamic symbols. */
308 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
310 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
312 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
313 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
314 symbol with a GOT entry. */
315 bfd_size_type min_got_dynindx
;
316 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
317 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
318 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
319 bfd_size_type max_unref_got_dynindx
;
320 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a local
322 bfd_size_type max_local_dynindx
;
323 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to an external
324 symbol without a GOT entry. */
325 bfd_size_type max_non_got_dynindx
;
326 /* If non-NULL, output BFD for .MIPS.xhash finalization. */
328 /* If non-NULL, pointer to contents of .MIPS.xhash for filling in
329 real final dynindx. */
333 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
334 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
335 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
340 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
343 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
346 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
349 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
350 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
352 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
353 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
355 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
356 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
359 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
360 the global hash table. */
362 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
364 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
366 /* External symbol information. */
369 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
370 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
372 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
374 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
376 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
377 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
380 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
381 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
384 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
385 being called returns a floating point value. */
386 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
388 /* If non-zero, location in .MIPS.xhash to write real final dynindx. */
389 bfd_vma mipsxhash_loc
;
391 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
392 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
394 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
395 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
396 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
397 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
399 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
400 is against a readonly section. */
401 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
403 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
404 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
405 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
406 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
408 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
409 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
410 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
411 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
412 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
414 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
415 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
416 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
418 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
419 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
420 la25 stub is required. */
421 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
423 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
424 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
425 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
427 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
428 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
431 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
433 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
435 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
437 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
438 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
440 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
441 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
443 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
444 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
445 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
447 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
448 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
450 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
451 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
453 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
454 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
456 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
459 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
460 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
;
462 /* True if we are targetting R6 compact branches. */
463 bfd_boolean compact_branches
;
465 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
466 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
468 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
469 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
471 /* True if we use the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. */
472 bfd_boolean use_absolute_zero
;
474 /* True if we have been configured for a GNU target. */
475 bfd_boolean gnu_target
;
477 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
482 /* The master GOT information. */
483 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
485 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
487 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
489 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
490 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
492 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
493 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
495 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
496 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
498 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
499 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
501 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
502 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
504 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
505 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
507 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
508 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
510 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
511 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
513 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
514 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
516 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
517 See the comment above that structure for details. */
518 asection
*strampoline
;
520 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
524 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
525 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
526 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
527 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
529 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
531 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
533 /* Small local sym cache. */
534 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
536 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
537 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
540 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
542 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
543 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
544 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
546 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
547 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
549 /* The usual link-wide information. */
550 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
553 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
557 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
559 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
561 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
562 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
564 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
567 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
570 /* The abiflags for this object. */
571 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
572 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
574 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
575 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
577 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
578 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
579 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
580 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
582 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
583 asection
**local_stubs
;
584 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
586 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
587 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
588 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
589 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
590 asection
*elf_data_section
;
591 asection
*elf_text_section
;
594 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
596 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
597 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
599 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
600 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
601 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
602 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
603 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
604 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
605 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
606 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
608 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
609 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
610 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
611 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
612 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
613 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
614 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
615 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
616 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
617 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
618 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
619 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
620 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
621 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
622 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
623 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
624 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
625 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
626 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
628 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
633 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
634 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
635 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
639 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
641 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
644 "_procedure_string_table",
645 "_procedure_table_size",
649 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
654 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
655 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
656 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
657 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
658 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
659 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
668 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
669 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
670 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
674 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
675 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
676 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
677 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
678 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
679 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
684 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
685 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
686 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
687 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
688 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
696 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
702 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
704 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
706 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
707 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
708 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
709 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
710 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
711 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
712 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
713 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
715 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
716 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
717 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
718 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
719 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
721 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
722 has different meaning for each type:
725 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
726 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
727 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
728 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
731 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
732 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
733 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
734 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
736 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
737 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
738 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
739 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
741 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
742 loader for use by the static exception system. */
744 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
745 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
746 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
747 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
748 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
749 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
750 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
751 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
752 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
753 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
755 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
757 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
758 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
760 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
761 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
762 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
763 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
764 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
765 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
767 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
768 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
769 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
770 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
771 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
772 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
774 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
775 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
777 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
778 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
779 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
780 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
781 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
783 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
784 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
785 for RM9000 for now. */
786 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
787 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
789 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
790 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
792 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
794 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
795 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
797 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
799 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
800 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
804 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
807 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
808 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
809 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
811 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
812 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
813 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
815 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
816 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
818 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
819 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
820 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
822 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
823 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
824 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
825 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
827 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
828 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
829 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
831 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
832 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
833 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
835 /* The name of the options section. */
836 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
837 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
839 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
840 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
841 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
842 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
844 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
845 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
846 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
848 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
849 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
850 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
851 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
853 /* The name of the stub section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
856 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
857 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
858 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
860 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
861 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
862 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
864 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
865 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
866 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
868 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
869 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
870 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
872 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
873 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
874 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
876 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
877 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
878 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
880 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
881 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
882 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
884 /* Get word-sized data. */
885 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
886 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
888 /* Put out word-sized data. */
889 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
891 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
892 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
894 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
895 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
896 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
898 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
899 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
900 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
902 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
903 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (abfd, rtype, rela))
905 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
906 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
907 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
909 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
910 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
911 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
912 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
914 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
915 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
917 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
918 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
920 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
921 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
922 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
924 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
926 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
928 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
929 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
931 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
932 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
933 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
934 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
935 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
936 #define STUB_JALRC 0xf8190000 /* jalrc ra,t9 */
937 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
938 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
945 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
947 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
948 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
949 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
950 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
951 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
952 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
953 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
954 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
955 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
956 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
957 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
958 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
959 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
961 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
962 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
964 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
965 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
966 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
967 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
968 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
969 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
971 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
974 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
975 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
976 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
977 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
980 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
981 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
982 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
983 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
984 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
985 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
986 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
987 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
989 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
990 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
992 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
994 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
995 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
998 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
999 floating point arguments.
1001 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
1002 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
1003 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
1004 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
1005 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
1006 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
1007 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
1008 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
1010 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
1011 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
1012 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
1013 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
1014 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1015 stub should be discarded.
1017 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1018 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1019 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1020 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1021 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1022 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1023 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1026 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1027 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1028 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1030 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1032 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1033 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1034 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1036 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1037 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1038 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1040 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1041 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1043 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1044 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1045 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1046 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1047 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1048 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1049 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1050 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1053 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable using compact
1055 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_o32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1057 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1058 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1059 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1060 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1061 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1062 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1063 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1064 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1067 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1068 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1069 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1071 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1072 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1073 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1074 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1075 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1076 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1077 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1078 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1081 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable using compact
1082 jumps. Different because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14)
1084 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_n32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1086 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1088 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1089 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1090 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1091 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1092 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1093 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1096 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1097 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1098 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1100 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1101 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1102 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1103 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1104 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1105 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1106 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1107 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1110 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable using compact
1111 jumps. Different from N32 because of the increased size of GOT
1113 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_n64_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1115 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1116 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1117 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1118 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1119 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1120 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1121 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1122 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1126 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1127 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1128 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1129 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1131 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1132 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1134 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1135 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1136 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1137 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1138 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1139 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1140 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1141 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1145 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1146 in the insn32 mode. */
1147 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1149 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1150 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1151 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1152 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1153 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1154 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1155 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1156 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1159 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1160 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1162 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1163 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1164 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1165 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1168 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1170 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1171 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1172 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1173 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1176 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry_compact
[] =
1178 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1179 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1180 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1181 0xd8190000 /* jic $25, 0 */
1184 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1185 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1186 directly addressable. */
1187 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1189 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1190 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1191 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1193 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1195 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1198 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1199 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1200 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1202 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1203 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1204 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1205 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1208 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1209 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1211 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1212 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1213 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1214 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1217 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1218 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1220 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1221 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1222 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1223 0x00000000, /* nop */
1224 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1225 0x00000000 /* nop */
1228 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1229 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1231 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1232 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1233 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1234 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1235 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1236 0x00000000, /* nop */
1237 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1238 0x00000000 /* nop */
1241 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1242 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1244 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1245 0x00000000, /* nop */
1246 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1247 0x00000000, /* nop */
1248 0x00000000, /* nop */
1249 0x00000000 /* nop */
1252 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1253 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1255 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1256 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1259 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1262 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1264 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1265 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1268 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1271 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1273 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1276 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1278 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1279 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1280 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1283 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1285 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1286 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1288 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1291 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1292 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1294 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1295 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1298 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1300 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1301 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1303 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1307 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1309 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1310 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1312 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1315 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1317 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1318 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1319 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1321 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1322 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1324 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1327 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1329 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1331 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1332 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1333 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1337 /* Set local fields. */
1338 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1339 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1340 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1343 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1344 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1345 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1346 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1347 ret
->mipsxhash_loc
= 0;
1348 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1349 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1350 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1351 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1352 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1353 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1354 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1355 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1356 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1359 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1362 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1365 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1367 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1372 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1374 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1376 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1377 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1379 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1382 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1385 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1388 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1389 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1392 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1393 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1396 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1399 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1400 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1402 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1403 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1406 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1407 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1410 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1411 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1413 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1415 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1419 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1420 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1422 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (size, symhdr->count, &amt)) \
1424 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); \
1425 goto error_return; \
1427 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) \
1428 goto error_return; \
1429 debug->ptr = (type) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd, amt, amt); \
1430 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1431 goto error_return; \
1434 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1435 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1436 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1437 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1438 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1439 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1441 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1442 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1443 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1444 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1445 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1453 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1455 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1457 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1458 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1459 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1460 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1461 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1462 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1463 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1464 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1465 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1466 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1467 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1469 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1470 free (debug
->ssext
);
1471 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1472 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1473 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1474 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1475 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1476 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1480 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1483 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1485 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1486 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1487 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1488 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1489 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1490 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1492 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1493 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1495 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1498 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1501 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1502 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1503 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1505 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1506 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1508 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1510 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1511 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1515 bfd_size_type count
;
1516 unsigned long sindex
;
1520 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1528 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1530 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1531 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1534 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1536 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1540 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1543 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1544 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1548 size
= sizeof (char *);
1549 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1553 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1554 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1555 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1559 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1562 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1563 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1566 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1569 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1570 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1572 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1573 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1574 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1575 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1576 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1577 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1578 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1579 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1580 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1581 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1583 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1584 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1588 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1589 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1590 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1593 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1597 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1600 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1602 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1603 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1604 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1605 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1607 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1608 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1609 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1611 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1613 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1615 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1617 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1618 matters, but someday it might). */
1619 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1648 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1649 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1652 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1653 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1654 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1657 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1658 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1659 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1666 /* Create a new symbol. */
1667 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1669 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1670 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1676 /* Make it a local function. */
1677 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1678 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1680 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1682 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1686 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1687 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1691 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1692 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1695 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1696 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1702 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1703 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1704 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1705 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1706 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1708 /* Create a new symbol. */
1709 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1711 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1712 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1718 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1719 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1720 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1721 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1722 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1723 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1727 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1728 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1731 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1735 name
= bfd_section_name (section
);
1736 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1737 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1738 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1739 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1742 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1743 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1744 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1746 static unsigned long
1747 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1748 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1749 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1750 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1752 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1753 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1755 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1756 one in a compound relocation. */
1757 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1758 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1759 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1761 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1762 the traditional behavior. */
1763 if (relocs
< relend
)
1764 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1769 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1773 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1774 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1776 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1777 objects try to call them. */
1778 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1779 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1781 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1782 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1785 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1786 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1788 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1789 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1790 being included in the link. */
1791 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1792 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1793 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1794 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1795 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1798 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1799 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1801 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1802 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1803 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1804 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1805 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1806 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1807 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1808 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1811 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1812 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1814 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1815 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1816 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1817 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1818 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1819 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1820 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1821 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1825 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1828 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1830 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1832 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1833 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1834 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1838 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1840 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1842 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1843 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1844 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1845 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1846 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1847 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1850 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1851 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1855 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1856 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1859 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1861 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1865 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1866 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1867 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1868 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1874 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1875 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1876 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1877 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1878 entry points are of interest here. */
1881 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1883 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1884 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1885 && h
->root
.def_regular
1886 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1887 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1888 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1889 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1890 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1891 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1894 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1895 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1898 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1901 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1903 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1904 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1909 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1910 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1914 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1915 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1916 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1919 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1920 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1922 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1924 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1927 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1931 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1932 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1935 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1937 /* Create the section. */
1938 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1939 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1940 input_section
->output_section
);
1944 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1945 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1946 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, align
))
1949 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1951 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1952 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1953 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1954 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1956 /* Allocate room for it. */
1961 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1962 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1963 the function symbol to it. */
1966 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1967 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1969 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1972 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1976 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1977 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1980 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1981 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1982 input_section
->output_section
);
1983 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
1985 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1988 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1989 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1990 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1991 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1993 /* Allocate room for it. */
1998 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1999 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
2002 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2003 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2005 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2006 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
2007 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
2012 /* Describe the stub we want. */
2013 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
2017 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
2018 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2022 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
2026 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
2029 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
2030 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
2034 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
2035 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
2041 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
2042 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
2043 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
2044 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
2046 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
2048 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
2049 return (use_trampoline_p
2050 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
2051 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
2054 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
2055 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
2058 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2060 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
2062 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
2063 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2064 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
2066 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
2068 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
2069 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
2070 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
2073 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
2074 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
2075 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2076 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2078 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2080 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2081 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2083 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2092 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2093 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2096 The format of these instructions is:
2098 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2099 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2100 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2102 +-----------------------------------------------+
2104 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2105 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2107 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2108 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2109 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2110 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2111 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2112 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2113 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2114 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2115 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2116 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2119 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2120 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2121 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2122 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2123 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2124 value as two 16-bit values.
2126 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2130 +--------+----------------------+
2134 +--------+----------------------+
2137 +----------+------+-------------+
2141 +----------+--------------------+
2142 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2143 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2145 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2146 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2147 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2148 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2149 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2151 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2152 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2153 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2156 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2157 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2158 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2159 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2160 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2162 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2164 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2165 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2166 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2167 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2168 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2170 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2173 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2174 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2175 little-endian system.
2177 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2178 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2179 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2181 static inline bfd_boolean
2182 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2187 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2188 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2189 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2192 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2193 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2194 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2195 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2196 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2197 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2198 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2199 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2207 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2209 static inline bfd_boolean
2210 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2212 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2215 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2216 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2217 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2219 static inline bfd_boolean
2220 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2222 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2223 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2224 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2227 static inline bfd_boolean
2228 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2230 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2231 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2232 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2235 static inline bfd_boolean
2236 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2238 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2239 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2240 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2243 static inline bfd_boolean
2244 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2246 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2249 static inline bfd_boolean
2250 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2252 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2255 static inline bfd_boolean
2256 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2258 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2261 static inline bfd_boolean
2262 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2264 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2267 static inline bfd_boolean
2268 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2270 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2273 static inline bfd_boolean
2274 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2276 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2277 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2278 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2279 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2282 static inline bfd_boolean
2283 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2285 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2286 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2287 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2288 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2291 static inline bfd_boolean
2292 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2294 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2297 static inline bfd_boolean
2298 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2300 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2301 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2302 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2305 static inline bfd_boolean
2306 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2308 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2309 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2310 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2311 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2312 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2313 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2314 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2315 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2318 static inline bfd_boolean
2319 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2321 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2322 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2325 static inline bfd_boolean
2326 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2328 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2329 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2330 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2331 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2332 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2335 static inline bfd_boolean
2336 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2338 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2339 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2342 static inline bfd_boolean
2343 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2345 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2346 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2347 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2348 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2351 static inline bfd_boolean
2352 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2354 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2355 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2356 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2359 static inline bfd_boolean
2360 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2362 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2363 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2364 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2367 static inline bfd_boolean
2368 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2370 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2371 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2372 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2376 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2377 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2379 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2381 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2384 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2385 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2386 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2387 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2388 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2389 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2390 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2391 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2393 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2394 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2395 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2399 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2400 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2402 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2404 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2407 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2408 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2410 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2413 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2415 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2416 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2420 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2421 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2422 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2424 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2425 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2428 bfd_reloc_status_type
2429 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2430 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2431 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2435 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2437 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2440 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2442 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2443 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2445 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2446 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2448 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2449 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2451 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2453 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2454 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2455 an external symbol. */
2457 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2458 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2460 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2462 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2464 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2465 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2469 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2472 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2474 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2477 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2478 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2479 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2484 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2486 asection
*input_section
;
2490 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2492 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2494 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2495 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2496 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2498 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2499 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2500 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2501 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2503 bfd_reloc_status_type
2504 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2505 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2506 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2507 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2509 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2511 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2512 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2514 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2516 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2518 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2520 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2521 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2524 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2525 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2527 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2530 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2531 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2532 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2534 bfd_reloc_status_type
2535 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2536 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2537 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2539 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2540 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (symbol
))
2541 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (symbol
)))
2542 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2543 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2544 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2547 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2548 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2551 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2552 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2553 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2555 bfd_reloc_status_type
2556 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2557 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2558 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2561 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2563 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2564 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2566 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2568 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2569 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2572 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2574 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2575 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2577 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2579 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2580 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2581 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2582 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2583 has a rightshift of 0. */
2584 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2585 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2586 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2587 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2588 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2589 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2591 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2592 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2593 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2595 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2596 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2598 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2601 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2605 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2606 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2610 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2611 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2612 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2614 bfd_reloc_status_type
2615 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2616 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2617 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2618 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2621 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2622 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2624 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2626 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2627 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2629 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2631 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2633 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2634 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2635 offset or address. */
2636 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2637 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2642 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2643 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2644 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2645 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2647 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2648 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2649 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2653 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2654 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2655 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2656 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2657 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2658 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2661 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2663 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2664 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2666 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2667 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2669 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2671 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2674 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2679 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2681 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2684 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2685 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2688 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2691 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2692 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2696 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2697 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2699 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2700 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2704 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2705 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2708 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2709 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2710 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2711 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2712 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2716 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2717 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2721 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2722 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2723 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2724 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2725 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2726 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2727 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2730 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2731 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2732 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2735 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2738 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2739 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2740 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2741 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2742 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2743 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2747 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2748 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2750 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2751 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2752 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2753 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2754 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2755 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2758 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2759 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2760 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2761 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2762 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2765 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2766 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2768 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2769 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2770 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2771 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2772 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2773 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2774 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2778 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2779 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2781 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2782 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2783 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2784 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2785 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2786 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2787 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2790 /* Swap in an options header. */
2793 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2794 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2796 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2797 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2798 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2799 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2802 /* Swap out an options header. */
2805 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2806 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2808 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2809 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2810 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2811 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2814 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2817 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2818 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2819 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2821 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2822 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2823 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2824 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2825 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2826 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2827 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2828 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2829 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2830 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2831 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2834 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2837 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2838 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2839 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2841 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2842 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2843 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2844 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2845 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2846 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2847 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2848 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2849 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2850 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2851 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2854 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2855 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2858 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2860 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2861 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2864 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2865 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2867 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2871 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2873 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2878 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2881 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2882 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2885 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2886 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2888 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2889 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2890 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2891 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2893 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2895 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2898 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2900 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2909 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2910 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2911 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2912 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2913 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2914 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2915 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2916 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2917 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2918 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2919 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2920 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2921 when generating a final executable. */
2924 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2926 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2928 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2930 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2932 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2933 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2934 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2935 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2936 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2938 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2939 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2940 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2941 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2942 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2950 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2953 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2954 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2955 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2956 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2957 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2958 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2960 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2961 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2965 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2967 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2968 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2969 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2971 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2972 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2973 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2975 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2977 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2978 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2979 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2980 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2983 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2985 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2986 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2987 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2992 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2993 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2995 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2996 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2997 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2998 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
3001 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
);
3003 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
3004 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
3005 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
3006 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
3007 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
3008 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
3009 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
3010 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
3011 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
3012 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
3013 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
3014 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
3015 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
3016 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
3017 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
3018 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
3019 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
3021 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
3025 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
3026 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
3029 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3030 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
3031 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3032 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3034 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
3035 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
3036 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
3037 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
3039 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3040 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
3041 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
3042 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3043 + sec
->output_offset
3044 + output_section
->vma
);
3046 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3050 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
3052 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3053 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3055 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
3057 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3058 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3059 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
3060 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
3061 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3063 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3066 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
3067 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
3068 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
3069 + sec
->output_offset
3070 + output_section
->vma
);
3072 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3077 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3078 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3081 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3088 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3091 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3093 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3094 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3096 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3099 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3101 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3104 static INLINE hashval_t
3105 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3108 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3115 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3117 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3119 return (entry
->symndx
3120 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3121 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3122 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3123 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3124 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3125 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3129 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3131 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3132 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3134 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3135 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3136 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3137 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3138 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3139 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3140 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3144 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3146 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3148 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3149 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3150 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3151 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3152 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3156 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3158 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3160 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3161 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3162 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3163 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3164 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3165 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3166 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3170 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3172 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3174 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3175 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3179 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3181 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3183 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3184 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3185 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3188 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3190 static struct mips_got_info
*
3191 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3193 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3195 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3199 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3200 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3201 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3204 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3205 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3206 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3212 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3213 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3215 static struct mips_got_info
*
3216 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3218 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3220 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3223 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3224 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3225 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3229 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3232 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3234 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3236 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3237 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3240 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3241 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3242 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3243 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3244 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3245 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3250 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3251 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3252 if creation fails. */
3255 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3261 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3262 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3263 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3264 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3266 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3271 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3274 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (sreloc
,
3275 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3281 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3284 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3286 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3289 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3292 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3295 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3298 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3301 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3318 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3319 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3323 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3324 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3327 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3328 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3332 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3333 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3336 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3338 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3339 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3348 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3354 return bfd_link_dll (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3361 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3365 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3366 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3367 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3369 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3371 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3372 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3374 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3376 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3377 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3379 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3382 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3385 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3387 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3392 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3394 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3396 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3397 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3399 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3401 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3402 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3404 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3407 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3408 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3410 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3413 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3416 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3417 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3418 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3421 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3422 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3424 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3425 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3426 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3428 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3432 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3436 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3437 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), &h
->root
)
3438 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3439 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3441 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3444 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3446 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3447 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3450 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3451 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3452 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3453 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3454 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3456 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3457 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3458 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3460 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3463 /* General Dynamic. */
3464 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3468 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3469 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3470 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3471 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3474 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3475 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3476 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3477 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3479 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3480 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3484 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3485 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3486 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3487 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3492 /* Initial Exec model. */
3496 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3497 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3499 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3500 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3502 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3503 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3504 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3505 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3508 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3509 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3513 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3514 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3515 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3516 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3517 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3519 if (!bfd_link_dll (info
))
3520 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3521 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3523 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3524 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3525 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3526 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3533 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3536 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3537 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3538 will be negative. */
3541 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3542 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3544 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3545 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3547 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3548 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3550 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3551 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3553 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3554 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3555 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3556 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3557 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3559 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3560 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3561 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3562 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3564 return got_address
- got_value
;
3567 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3568 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3569 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3570 offset can be found. */
3573 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3574 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3575 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3578 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3580 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3581 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3583 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3584 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3588 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3589 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3590 return entry
->gotidx
;
3593 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3596 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3597 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3599 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3600 long global_got_dynindx
;
3601 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3604 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3605 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3607 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3608 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3609 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3611 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3612 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3613 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3615 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3616 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3617 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3618 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3619 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3624 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3625 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3628 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3629 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3631 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3632 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3633 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3636 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3637 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3639 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3642 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3643 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3644 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3648 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3649 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3652 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3653 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3655 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3657 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3659 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3660 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3661 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3662 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3663 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3664 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3666 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3671 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3672 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3673 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3674 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3675 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3678 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3679 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3681 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3682 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3684 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3685 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3686 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3691 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3694 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3699 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3700 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3701 symbol that binds locally. */
3704 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3705 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3707 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3709 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3710 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3711 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3712 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3714 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3716 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3717 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3718 same in all cases. */
3719 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3720 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3722 return entry
->gotidx
;
3727 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3731 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3732 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3734 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3738 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3739 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3741 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3742 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3743 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3745 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3748 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3749 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3750 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3753 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3754 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3755 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3756 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3757 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3760 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3762 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3763 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3766 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3767 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3769 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3772 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3773 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3776 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3778 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3780 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3781 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3784 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3787 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3791 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3792 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3800 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3803 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3804 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3811 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3812 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3816 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3820 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3822 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3824 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3825 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3829 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3833 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3834 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3835 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3836 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3837 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3839 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3844 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3846 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3847 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3849 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3852 bfd_vma got_address
;
3854 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3855 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3856 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3859 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3860 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3861 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3862 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3863 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3869 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3870 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3871 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3872 the current linking stage. */
3874 static bfd_size_type
3875 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3877 bfd_size_type count
;
3880 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3881 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3884 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3886 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3887 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3888 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3889 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3890 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
3891 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3897 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3898 appear towards the end. */
3901 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3903 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3904 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3905 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3907 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3908 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3910 if (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
== 0)
3918 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3919 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3920 = (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3921 /* Add 1 to local symbol indices to account for the mandatory NULL entry
3922 at the head of the table; see `_bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms'. */
3923 hsd
.max_local_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3924 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
3925 hsd
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
3926 if (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
3927 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
3928 && info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
3930 asection
*s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->root
.dynobj
, ".MIPS.xhash");
3931 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3932 hsd
.mipsxhash
= s
->contents
;
3933 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.mipsxhash
!= NULL
);
3936 hsd
.mipsxhash
= NULL
;
3937 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
, &hsd
);
3939 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3940 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3941 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_local_dynindx
<= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1);
3942 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3943 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
== htab
->root
.dynsymcount
);
3944 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
== g
->global_gotno
);
3946 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3947 table index in the GOT. */
3948 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3953 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3954 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3958 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3960 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3962 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3964 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3967 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3970 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3971 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_local_dynindx
++;
3973 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3977 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3978 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3981 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3982 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3983 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3984 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3988 /* Populate the .MIPS.xhash translation table entry with
3989 the symbol dynindx. */
3990 if (h
->mipsxhash_loc
!= 0 && hsd
->mipsxhash
!= NULL
)
3991 bfd_put_32 (hsd
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.dynindx
,
3992 hsd
->mipsxhash
+ h
->mipsxhash_loc
);
3997 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3998 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3999 hash table directly). */
4002 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4003 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
4005 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4006 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4007 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4008 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4010 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
4011 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4013 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
4017 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
4018 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
4021 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4025 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
4026 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
4031 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
4032 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4036 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
4045 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
4046 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
4047 using the GOT entry for calls. */
4050 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4051 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4052 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
4054 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4055 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
4056 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4057 unsigned char tls_type
;
4059 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4060 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4062 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4064 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
4066 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
4068 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
4070 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4074 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4077 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4081 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4082 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
4083 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4087 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4088 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
4089 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4092 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4093 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4096 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4097 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4099 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4101 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4103 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4104 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4107 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4110 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4111 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4112 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4113 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4116 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4117 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4121 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4122 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4123 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4126 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4127 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4128 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4130 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4131 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4133 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4134 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4139 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4143 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4144 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4146 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4147 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4151 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4154 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4162 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4163 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4167 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4177 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4180 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4184 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4186 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4187 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4189 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4190 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4192 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4193 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4198 /* Make room for a null element. */
4199 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4202 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4206 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4207 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4208 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4209 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4212 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4214 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4215 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4217 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4218 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4219 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4221 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4224 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4225 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4231 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4235 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4236 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4237 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4238 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4241 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4243 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4244 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4247 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4248 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4249 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4250 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4251 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4252 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4254 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4261 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4262 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4264 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4265 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4268 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4276 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4278 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4287 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4292 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4295 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4297 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4300 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4303 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4304 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4306 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4307 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4308 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4309 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4312 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4314 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4318 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4319 seen the section. */
4320 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4323 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4331 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4333 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4334 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4335 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4337 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4338 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4339 a new singleton range. */
4341 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4343 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4347 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4348 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4349 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4357 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4358 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4360 /* Update the ranges. */
4361 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4362 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4363 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4365 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4367 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4368 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4369 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4372 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4375 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4376 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4377 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4379 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4380 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4386 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4387 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4388 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4389 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4392 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4394 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4395 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4396 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4400 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4401 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4402 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4404 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4406 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4408 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4410 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4413 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4415 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4416 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4417 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4420 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4421 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4425 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4427 /* Read in the symbol. */
4428 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4436 /* Get the associated input section. */
4437 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4444 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4445 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4446 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4447 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4448 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4452 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4453 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4454 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4455 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4457 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4458 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4461 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4463 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4471 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4472 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4473 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4474 that they require. */
4477 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4478 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4480 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4481 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4488 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4492 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4493 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4494 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4495 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4498 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4502 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4505 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4506 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4507 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4512 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4517 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4521 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4522 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4524 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4525 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4526 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4527 symbols later if appropriate. */
4528 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4531 /* Absolute symbols, if ever they need a GOT entry, cannot ever go
4532 to the local GOT, as they would be implicitly relocated by the
4533 base address by the dynamic loader. */
4534 if (bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
.root
))
4537 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4538 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4539 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4540 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4541 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4544 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4545 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4546 the local rather than global GOT. */
4547 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4553 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4554 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4555 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4556 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4557 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4560 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4562 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4563 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4564 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4566 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4567 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4569 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4571 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4572 local or global GOT. */
4573 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4574 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4575 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4576 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4577 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4578 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4579 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4580 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4581 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4582 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4583 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4584 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4585 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4587 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4594 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4595 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4598 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4600 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4601 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4604 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4605 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4606 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4615 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4620 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4621 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4624 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4626 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4627 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4630 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4631 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4632 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4641 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4646 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4647 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4648 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4649 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4653 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4654 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4655 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4657 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4658 unsigned int estimate
;
4660 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4661 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4662 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4663 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4665 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4667 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4668 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4670 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4671 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4672 conservatively as well. */
4673 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4674 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4676 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4678 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4679 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4682 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4683 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4685 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4689 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4693 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4697 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4698 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4699 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4700 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4701 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4702 and then make make the new got current. */
4705 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4706 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4708 unsigned int estimate
;
4711 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4714 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4715 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4716 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4717 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4718 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4720 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4721 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4722 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4723 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4724 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4726 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4728 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4729 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4736 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4737 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4742 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4745 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4750 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4751 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4752 overflows anyway. */
4753 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4759 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4760 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4761 an index in a different GOT. */
4764 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4766 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4768 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4769 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4771 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4773 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4777 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4778 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4781 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4785 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4786 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4787 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4790 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4792 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4793 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4795 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4796 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4797 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4800 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4801 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4807 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4808 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4812 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4813 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4814 symbol to DATA->value. */
4817 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4819 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4820 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4822 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4823 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4824 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4825 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4826 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4827 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4831 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4832 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4833 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4834 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4837 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4839 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4840 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4842 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4843 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4844 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4845 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4846 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4848 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4853 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4855 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4856 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4857 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4858 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4859 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4865 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4866 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4867 lazy-binding stubs. */
4870 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4872 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4873 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4874 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4876 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4877 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4878 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4879 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4881 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4882 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4883 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4885 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4886 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4892 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4895 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4900 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4904 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4908 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4909 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4912 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4913 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4916 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4917 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4919 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4920 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4921 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4922 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4923 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4926 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4927 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4928 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4932 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4933 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4934 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4935 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4936 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4937 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4938 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4939 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4940 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4941 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4943 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4945 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4946 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4947 to be the primary GOT. */
4948 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4950 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4951 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4955 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4956 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4957 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4959 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4960 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4962 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4966 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4967 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4968 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4969 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4971 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4973 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4974 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4975 those that are actually referenced. */
4976 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4977 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4980 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4981 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4982 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4983 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4985 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4986 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4987 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4988 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4989 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4990 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4991 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4992 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4993 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4994 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4995 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4996 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4997 points back to the master GOT. */
4998 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4999 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
5006 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
5008 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
5009 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
5010 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
5011 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
5012 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
5013 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
5015 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
5016 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
5017 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
5022 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
5023 all non-TLS entries. */
5024 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
5026 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5027 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
5030 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
5032 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
5035 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
5036 lazy-binding stubs. */
5038 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
5042 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5045 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
5047 unsigned int save_assign
;
5049 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
5050 relocations they need. */
5051 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
5052 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
5054 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5056 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
5059 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
5060 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
5062 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5064 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
5065 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
5066 + g
->next
->global_gotno
5067 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
5068 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
5070 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
5072 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
5075 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
5082 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
5083 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
5085 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
5086 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
5087 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5088 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
5090 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5092 while (relocation
< relend
)
5094 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
5095 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5101 /* We didn't find it. */
5105 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5108 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5109 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5110 asection
**local_sections
)
5112 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5113 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5116 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5117 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5118 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5120 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5122 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5128 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5131 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5133 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5134 /* VALUE is negative. */
5135 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5140 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5141 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5145 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5147 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5149 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5150 /* The value is too big. */
5152 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5153 /* The value is too small. */
5160 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5163 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5165 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5168 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5171 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5174 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5181 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5184 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5187 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5194 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5197 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5198 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5201 register asection
*s
;
5203 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5205 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5208 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5210 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5213 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5219 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5222 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5225 register asection
*s
;
5226 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5227 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5228 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5230 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5231 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5233 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5234 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5237 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5238 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5240 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5241 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5242 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5244 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
5246 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5248 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5249 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5250 are not creating a global offset table. */
5252 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5253 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5254 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5257 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5260 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5261 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5262 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5264 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5265 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5268 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5269 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5270 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5272 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5273 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5274 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5277 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5280 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5285 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5286 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5287 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5290 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5292 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5293 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5294 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5295 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5298 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5299 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5300 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5304 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5305 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5307 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5308 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5309 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5310 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5311 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5312 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5319 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5320 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5321 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5322 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5323 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5324 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5325 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5329 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5336 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5339 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5340 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5341 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5344 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5345 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
5347 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5349 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
5354 /* Store the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5357 mips_elf_store_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5358 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5359 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma x
)
5361 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5362 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
5364 /* Put the value into the output. */
5366 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
5369 /* Try to patch a load from GOT instruction in CONTENTS pointed to by
5370 RELOCATION described by HOWTO, with a move of 0 to the load target
5371 register, returning TRUE if that is successful and FALSE otherwise.
5372 If DOIT is FALSE, then only determine it patching is possible and
5373 return status without actually changing CONTENTS.
5377 mips_elf_nullify_got_load (bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5378 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5379 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_boolean doit
)
5381 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5382 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5383 bfd_boolean nullified
= TRUE
;
5386 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5388 /* Obtain the current value. */
5389 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5391 /* Note that in the unshuffled MIPS16 encoding RX is at bits [21:19]
5392 while RY is at bits [18:16] of the combined 32-bit instruction word. */
5393 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5394 && (((x
>> 22) & 0x3ff) == 0x3d3 /* LW */
5395 || ((x
>> 22) & 0x3ff) == 0x3c7)) /* LD */
5396 x
= (0x3cd << 22) | (x
& (7 << 16)) << 3; /* LI */
5397 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5398 && ((x
>> 26) & 0x37) == 0x37) /* LW/LD */
5399 x
= (0xc << 26) | (x
& (0x1f << 21)); /* ADDIU */
5400 else if (((x
>> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x23 /* LW */
5401 || ((x
>> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x37) /* LD */
5402 x
= (0x9 << 26) | (x
& (0x1f << 16)); /* ADDIU */
5406 /* Put the value into the output. */
5407 if (doit
&& nullified
)
5408 mips_elf_store_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
, x
);
5410 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5415 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5416 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5417 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5419 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5420 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5421 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5423 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5424 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5425 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5426 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5428 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5429 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5430 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5431 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5432 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5433 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5434 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5435 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5437 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5438 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5440 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5442 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5445 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5446 shared object file being produced. */
5448 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5451 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5453 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5454 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5455 during execution. */
5456 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5457 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5459 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5460 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5461 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5463 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5464 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5466 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5467 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5468 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5469 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5470 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5471 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5472 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5474 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5476 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5477 relocation value. */
5478 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5479 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5480 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5481 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5482 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5484 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero
;
5486 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5487 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5488 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5490 /* Parse the relocation. */
5491 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5492 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5493 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5494 + input_section
->output_offset
5495 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5497 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5498 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5500 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5501 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5502 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5503 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5505 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5506 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5507 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5510 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5511 must come before globals. */
5515 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5518 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5519 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5521 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5522 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5524 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5526 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5527 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5528 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5529 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5531 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5533 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5536 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5537 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5540 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5541 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5542 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5544 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5545 *namep
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
5547 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5548 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5549 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5551 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5552 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5554 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5555 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5556 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5558 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5559 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5561 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5564 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5565 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5570 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5572 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5573 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5574 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5575 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5576 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5577 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5578 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5580 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5581 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5583 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5584 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5585 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5586 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5588 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5589 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5590 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5591 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5595 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5596 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5597 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5598 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5601 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5602 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5603 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5605 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5606 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5607 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5609 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5610 if (sec
->output_section
)
5611 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5612 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5613 + sec
->output_offset
);
5615 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5617 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5618 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5619 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5620 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5623 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5624 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5626 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5627 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5629 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5630 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5631 in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5632 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5633 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5635 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5636 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5639 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5641 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5642 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5643 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5644 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5645 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5646 which is available from here:
5647 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5652 bfd_boolean reject_undefined
5653 = (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
5654 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) != STV_DEFAULT
);
5656 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5657 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5658 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
, reject_undefined
);
5660 if (reject_undefined
)
5661 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5666 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5667 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5670 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5671 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5673 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5675 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5676 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5678 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5679 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5680 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5682 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5683 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5685 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5686 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5687 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5689 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5690 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5694 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5699 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5702 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5703 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5704 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5705 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5714 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5715 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5716 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5718 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5719 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5720 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5721 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5722 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5723 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5725 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5726 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5727 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5730 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5733 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5734 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5736 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5741 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5743 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_section_name (o
)))
5745 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5752 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5755 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5758 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5759 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5761 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5763 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5764 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5765 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5767 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5768 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5769 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5770 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5773 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5774 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5775 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5776 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5778 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5779 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5780 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5783 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5784 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5786 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5788 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5789 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5790 + sec
->output_offset
5791 + htab
->plt_header_size
5792 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5793 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5796 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5797 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5800 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5801 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5802 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5805 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5806 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5809 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5810 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5811 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5812 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5813 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5815 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5816 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5817 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5818 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5819 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5820 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5821 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5822 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5823 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5824 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5826 resolved_to_zero
= (h
!= NULL
5827 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->root
));
5831 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5832 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5835 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5836 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5837 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5838 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5839 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5840 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5841 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5842 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5843 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5844 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5845 if (resolved_to_zero
5846 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5847 && mips_elf_nullify_got_load (input_bfd
, contents
,
5848 relocation
, howto
, TRUE
))
5849 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5852 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5853 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5854 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5855 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5856 if (resolved_to_zero
5857 && htab
->use_absolute_zero
5858 && bfd_link_pic (info
))
5860 /* Redirect to the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. */
5861 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, "__gnu_absolute_zero",
5862 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5863 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
5868 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5870 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5871 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5873 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5878 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5879 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5880 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5881 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5883 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5884 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5888 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5889 to need it, get it now. */
5892 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5893 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5896 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5897 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5898 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5899 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5900 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5901 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5903 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5904 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5905 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5906 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5907 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5909 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5910 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5911 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5912 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5913 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5914 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5915 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5916 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5917 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5918 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5920 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5921 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5923 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5927 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5928 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5929 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5930 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5931 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5932 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5934 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5935 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5936 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5940 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5941 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5943 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5944 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5945 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5946 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5949 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5950 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5951 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5955 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5956 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5958 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5961 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5962 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5966 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5967 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5968 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5970 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5974 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5975 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5977 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5978 + input_section
->output_offset
5979 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5980 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5981 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5982 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5984 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5985 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5987 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5988 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5991 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5994 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5998 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6001 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6002 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6003 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6004 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6010 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
6011 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
6013 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
6014 && !h
->root
.def_regular
6015 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
6016 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
6018 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6019 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
6020 && !resolved_to_zero
))
6021 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6023 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
6024 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
6025 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
6026 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
6027 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
6028 relocs or PLTs instead. */
6030 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
6038 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
6042 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6043 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6047 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6051 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6052 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6056 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
6057 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
6058 the output file that's different. That's handled in
6059 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
6060 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
6062 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
6066 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
6067 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
6069 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
6070 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
6075 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
6076 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
6078 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6079 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6080 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6081 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
6082 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6085 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6086 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
6087 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6091 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6092 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6093 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6094 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
6098 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6099 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
6100 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
6101 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6102 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6103 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6106 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6107 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6108 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6109 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
6113 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6114 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
6115 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
6116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6117 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6118 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6123 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
6126 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
6127 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6131 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
6132 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
6133 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
6137 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
6138 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
6139 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
6140 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
6141 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
6142 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
6143 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
6144 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
6145 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
6146 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
6147 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
6149 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
6155 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
6156 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
6158 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6161 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
6162 for this conditional. */
6163 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
6164 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
6165 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
6166 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
6167 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
6169 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
6170 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
6171 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
6172 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
6173 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
6176 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
6177 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
6180 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
6181 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
6182 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
6183 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
6184 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
6185 not check for overflow here. */
6189 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6190 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
6191 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
6192 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
6193 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
6198 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
6199 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
6200 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
6201 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
6202 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
6203 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6204 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
6205 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
6206 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
6207 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
6208 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
6209 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6210 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6211 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
6212 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
6213 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
6214 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
6215 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
6219 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6220 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6223 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
6224 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
6227 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6228 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6229 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6230 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6231 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6233 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6234 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6235 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6236 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6238 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6239 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6246 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6247 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6248 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6249 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6250 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6251 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6252 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6253 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6254 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6255 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6257 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6260 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6261 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6263 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6267 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6268 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6269 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6271 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6272 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6273 will never trigger for them. */
6274 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6275 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6276 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6277 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6279 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6280 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6281 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6282 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6283 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6286 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6287 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6288 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6290 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6291 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6292 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6293 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6294 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6296 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6297 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6298 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6299 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6300 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6303 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6304 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6305 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6307 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6308 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6310 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6311 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6312 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6313 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6314 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6317 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6318 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6319 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6321 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6322 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6324 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6325 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6326 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6327 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6328 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6331 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6332 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6333 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6335 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6336 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6338 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6339 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6340 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6341 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6342 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6345 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6346 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6347 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6349 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6350 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6352 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6353 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6354 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6355 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6356 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6360 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6361 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6365 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6366 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6367 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6368 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6371 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6372 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6373 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6375 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6376 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6377 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6378 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6379 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6381 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6382 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6383 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6384 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6385 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6388 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6389 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6390 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6392 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6393 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6394 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6395 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6396 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6398 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6399 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6400 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6401 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6402 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6405 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6406 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6407 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6409 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6410 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6411 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6412 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6413 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6415 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6416 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6417 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6418 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6419 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6422 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6423 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6424 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6425 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6426 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6427 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6428 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6429 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6432 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6433 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6434 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6435 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6436 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6437 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6438 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6440 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6441 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6444 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6445 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6446 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6447 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6448 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6451 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6452 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6453 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6454 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6455 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6456 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6457 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6460 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6461 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6463 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6466 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6470 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6471 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6472 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6476 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6477 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6478 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6481 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6482 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6483 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6484 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6487 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6488 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6489 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6490 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6494 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6495 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6496 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6497 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6498 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6499 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6500 /* We can't optimize cross-mode jumps either. */
6501 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
)
6502 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6503 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6504 /* Neither we can non-instruction-aligned targets. */
6505 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
? (value
& 3) != 0 : (value
& 1) == 0)
6506 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6510 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6511 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6512 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6513 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6516 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6517 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6520 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6522 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6525 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6526 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6527 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6529 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6530 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6532 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6535 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6536 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6537 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6538 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6539 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6540 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6544 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6546 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6547 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6549 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6551 /* Obtain the current value. */
6552 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6554 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6555 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6557 /* Set the field. */
6558 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6560 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6561 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6563 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6565 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6566 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6569 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6570 (_("%X%H: unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6571 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6575 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6578 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6579 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6581 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6582 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6584 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6587 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6589 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6594 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6598 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6599 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6602 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6603 (_("%X%H: unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6604 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6605 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6609 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6610 x
= (x
& ~(0x3fu
<< 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6612 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6614 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6615 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6616 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6617 bfd_vma sign_bit
= 0;
6621 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6623 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6628 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6630 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6636 if (ok
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
6638 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6639 + input_section
->output_offset
6640 + relocation
->r_offset
6643 + (((value
& ((sign_bit
<< 1) - 1)) ^ sign_bit
) - sign_bit
));
6645 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6647 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6648 (_("%X%H: cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6649 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6650 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6654 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6655 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6657 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
)
6659 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6660 (_("%X%H: unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6661 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6666 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6668 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6669 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6670 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6671 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6672 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6673 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6674 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6675 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6676 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6677 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6678 && (x
& ~1) == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6684 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6685 + input_section
->output_offset
6686 + relocation
->r_offset
6688 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6689 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6693 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6695 if ((x
& ~1) == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6696 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6698 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6702 /* Put the value into the output. */
6703 mips_elf_store_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
, x
);
6705 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6711 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6712 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6713 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6714 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6717 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6718 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6719 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6720 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6721 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6722 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6724 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6729 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6730 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6732 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6733 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6735 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6736 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6737 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6738 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6739 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6740 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6743 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6744 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6745 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6747 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6748 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6749 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6750 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6753 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6754 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6757 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6759 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6760 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6761 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6766 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6767 in the relocation. */
6768 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6770 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6771 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6772 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6773 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6775 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6776 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6777 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6778 undefined symbols. */
6783 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6785 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6787 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6792 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6795 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6796 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6802 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6803 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6804 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6805 local symbols because we used to generate them
6806 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6807 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6808 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6809 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6810 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6811 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6813 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6814 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6815 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6816 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6817 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6822 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6823 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6824 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6825 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6826 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6829 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6830 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6831 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6833 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6834 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6835 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6838 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6839 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6840 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6841 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6842 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6843 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6844 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6845 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6846 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6847 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6848 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6849 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6850 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6851 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6854 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6856 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6857 correct location in the output file. */
6858 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6859 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6860 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6861 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6862 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6863 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6865 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6866 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6867 relocation format is non-standard. */
6868 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6870 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6871 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6873 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6875 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6877 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6878 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6879 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6880 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6882 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6885 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6886 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6887 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6889 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6890 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6892 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6893 will be writing to it. */
6894 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6897 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6898 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6900 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6905 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6907 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6908 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6909 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6910 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6911 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6912 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6914 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6915 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6916 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6918 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6919 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6920 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6921 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6922 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6923 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6924 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6928 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6929 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6931 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6932 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6937 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6940 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6942 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6944 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6945 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6947 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6948 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6950 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6951 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6953 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6954 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6956 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6957 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6959 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6960 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6962 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6963 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6965 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6966 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6968 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6969 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6971 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6972 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6974 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6975 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6977 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6978 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6980 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6981 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6983 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
:
6984 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464
;
6986 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
:
6987 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
;
6989 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS264E
:
6990 return bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
;
6992 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6993 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6995 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6996 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6998 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6999 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
7001 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
7002 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
7004 case E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
:
7005 return bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
;
7008 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
7012 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
7015 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
7018 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
7021 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
7024 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
7026 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
7027 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
7029 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
7030 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
7032 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
7033 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
7035 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
7036 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
7038 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
7039 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
7041 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
7042 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
7049 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
7051 static INLINE
char *
7052 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
7056 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
7057 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
7060 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
7062 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
7066 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
7068 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
7070 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
7072 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
7075 return "unknown abi";
7079 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
7080 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
7081 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
7082 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
7083 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
7084 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
7085 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7086 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
7088 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
7089 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
7090 definition in a shared library. */
7091 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
7092 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7093 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
7095 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7098 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
7100 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
7102 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
7103 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
7104 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
7106 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7107 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
7108 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
7109 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
7110 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
7111 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
7112 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
7114 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
7115 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
7116 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
7117 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7118 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7119 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
7120 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
7121 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
7122 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7123 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7125 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7129 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7130 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
7131 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7132 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
7133 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7136 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7137 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
7139 /* Initialize the small common section. */
7140 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
7141 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7142 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7143 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7144 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
7145 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
7146 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
7147 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7148 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7150 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7151 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
7154 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7155 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7160 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
7162 if (section
!= NULL
)
7164 asym
->section
= section
;
7165 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
7166 to the base of the .text section. So subtract the section
7167 base address to make it an offset. */
7168 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
7175 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
7177 if (section
!= NULL
)
7179 asym
->section
= section
;
7180 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
7181 to the base of the .data section. So subtract the section
7182 base address to make it an offset. */
7183 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
7189 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
7190 or microMIPS one. */
7191 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
7192 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
7195 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
7196 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7197 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7199 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7200 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7204 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
7205 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
7207 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
7208 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
7209 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
7210 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
7211 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
7213 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
7214 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
7215 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
7216 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
7218 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
7219 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7220 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7221 We therefore take the following approach:
7223 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7224 determine the pointer size.
7226 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7227 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7231 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7232 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7233 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7234 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7235 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7237 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7238 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7242 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*sec
)
7244 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7246 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7248 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7250 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7251 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7252 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7259 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7260 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7261 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7270 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7271 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7272 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7274 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7275 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7278 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7279 will jump there rather than to .text.
7281 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7282 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7285 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7287 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7290 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7291 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7292 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7296 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7298 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7299 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7303 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7305 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7308 (_("%pB: incorrect `.reginfo' section size; "
7309 "expected %" PRIu64
", got %" PRIu64
),
7310 abfd
, (uint64_t) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
),
7311 (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
7312 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7317 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7320 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7321 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7325 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7326 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7327 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7328 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7330 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7332 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7333 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7334 so that we don't have to read them again.
7335 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7336 through the section contents to see if there is an
7337 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7339 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7341 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7342 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7344 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7346 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7348 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7351 /* xgettext:c-format */
7352 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7354 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7357 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7364 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7365 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7368 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7369 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7372 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7379 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7380 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7383 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7384 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7391 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7393 const char *name
= bfd_section_name (hdr
->bfd_section
);
7395 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7396 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7397 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7398 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7399 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7400 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7401 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7402 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7403 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7404 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7405 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7406 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7407 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7408 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7410 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7412 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7414 unsigned int adjust
;
7416 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7418 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7426 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7427 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7428 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI. */
7431 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7432 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7438 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7439 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7440 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7441 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7442 probably get away with this. */
7443 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7445 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7446 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7450 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7453 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7454 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7457 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7458 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7461 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7462 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7465 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7466 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7468 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7470 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7471 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7472 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7474 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7476 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7477 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7480 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7481 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7484 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7485 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7488 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7489 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7491 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7493 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7494 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7495 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7498 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7499 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7502 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7503 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7504 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7507 case SHT_MIPS_XHASH
:
7508 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.xhash") != 0)
7514 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7517 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
)
7518 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
7522 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (hdr
->bfd_section
,
7523 (bfd_section_flags (hdr
->bfd_section
)
7528 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7530 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7532 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7533 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7535 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7536 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7537 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7539 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7542 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7544 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7545 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7546 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7547 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7548 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7550 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7553 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7554 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7556 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7557 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7560 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7561 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7562 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7563 they should agree. */
7564 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7566 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7568 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7569 if (contents
== NULL
)
7571 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7578 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7579 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7581 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7583 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7585 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7588 /* xgettext:c-format */
7589 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7591 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7594 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7596 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7598 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7600 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7601 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7603 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7605 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7607 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7609 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7611 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7612 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7614 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7624 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7625 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7626 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7629 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7631 const char *name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
7633 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7635 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7636 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7637 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7639 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7640 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7641 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7643 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7644 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7645 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7647 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7648 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7649 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7651 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7652 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7653 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7654 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7655 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7657 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7659 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7661 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7662 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7663 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7664 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7666 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7667 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7669 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7672 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7674 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7675 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7676 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7677 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7679 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7680 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7682 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7683 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7686 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7687 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7688 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7689 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7690 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7691 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7692 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7693 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7695 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7696 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7698 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7700 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7701 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7702 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7704 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7706 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7707 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7708 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7710 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7712 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7713 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7715 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7716 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7718 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7720 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7721 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7722 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7723 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7724 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7726 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7728 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7729 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7730 final_write_processing. */
7732 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7733 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7735 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7736 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7737 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7739 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7741 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7742 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7743 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7745 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.xhash") == 0)
7747 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_XHASH
;
7748 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7749 hdr
->sh_entsize
= get_elf_backend_data(abfd
)->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
7752 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7753 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7754 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7755 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7756 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7761 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7762 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7763 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7764 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7765 the .scommon section. */
7768 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7769 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7771 if (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7773 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7776 if (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7778 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7784 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7785 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7788 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7789 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7790 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7791 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7793 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7794 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7795 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7797 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7802 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7803 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7804 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7805 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7806 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7807 is not done for them. */
7809 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7810 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7816 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7819 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7820 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7821 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7822 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7823 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7826 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7827 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7828 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7829 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7833 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7834 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7836 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7837 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7838 size_t amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7840 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7841 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7844 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7845 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7846 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7849 /* Initialize the section. */
7851 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7852 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7854 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7855 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7857 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7858 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7859 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7860 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7861 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7862 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7863 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7865 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7866 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7867 so I took it out. */
7868 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7871 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7872 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7874 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7875 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7877 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7878 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7879 size_t amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7881 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7882 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7885 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7886 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7887 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7890 /* Initialize the section. */
7892 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7893 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7895 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7896 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7898 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7899 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7900 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7901 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7902 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7903 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7904 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7906 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7907 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7908 so I took it out. */
7909 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7912 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7913 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7917 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7918 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7919 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7920 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7922 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7923 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7925 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7927 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7928 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7929 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7932 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7935 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7937 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7940 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7941 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7944 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7945 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7946 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7947 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7953 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7954 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7955 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7958 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7959 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7960 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7961 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7963 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7964 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7965 common in the output file. */
7966 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7967 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7968 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7970 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7971 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7976 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7978 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7981 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7983 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7984 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7986 register asection
*s
;
7987 const char * const *namep
;
7988 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7990 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7991 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7993 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7994 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7996 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7998 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8000 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
8003 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
))
8008 /* We need to create .got section. */
8009 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
8012 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
8015 /* Create .stub section. */
8016 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
8017 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
8020 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
8024 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8025 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
8026 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
8028 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
8029 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
8031 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
8035 /* Create .MIPS.xhash section. */
8036 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
8037 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".MIPS.xhash",
8038 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
8040 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
8041 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
8042 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
8043 the linker takes such action. */
8044 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
8046 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
8049 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8050 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
8051 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8054 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8058 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
8060 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8064 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
8065 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8067 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
8071 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
8072 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
8074 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8076 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
8078 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8080 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
8082 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8085 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8087 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8089 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
8091 bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8094 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
8098 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
8100 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8101 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
8102 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8105 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8108 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
8110 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8113 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
8115 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
8116 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
8117 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
8118 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
8119 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
8120 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8122 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
8124 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8125 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
8126 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8129 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8132 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
8134 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8136 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
8140 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
8141 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
8142 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
8145 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
8146 if (htab
->is_vxworks
8147 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
8153 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
8154 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
8155 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
8158 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8159 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
8160 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8162 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
8163 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8165 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
8166 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
8167 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
8168 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
8170 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8171 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
8172 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
8175 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
8176 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
8177 of the section that REL is against. */
8180 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8181 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
8184 unsigned int r_type
;
8188 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8189 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8191 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
8192 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
8193 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
8194 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
8196 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
8198 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
8200 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
8206 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
8207 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
8208 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
8209 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
8210 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
8213 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
8214 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8215 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
8216 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
8218 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
8219 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
8220 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
8223 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8224 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8225 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
8226 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
8227 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
8228 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
8229 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
8231 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
8233 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8234 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8235 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8238 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8240 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8241 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8242 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8243 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8244 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8245 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8247 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8248 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8249 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8250 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8251 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8254 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8255 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8256 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8258 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8259 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8266 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8267 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8268 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8271 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8276 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8277 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8279 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8283 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8286 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8288 static struct plt_entry
*
8289 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8291 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8293 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8297 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8298 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8299 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8300 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8304 /* Define the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. We only need this
8305 for PIC code, as otherwise there is no load-time relocation involved
8306 and local GOT entries whose value is zero at static link time will
8307 retain their value at load time. */
8310 mips_elf_define_absolute_zero (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
,
8312 unsigned int r_type
)
8316 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8317 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
8321 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->use_absolute_zero
);
8322 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_pic (info
));
8325 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, "__gnu_absolute_zero",
8326 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
8327 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &hzero
.bh
))
8330 BFD_ASSERT (hzero
.bh
!= NULL
);
8332 hzero
.eh
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
8333 hzero
.eh
->other
= STV_PROTECTED
;
8334 hzero
.eh
->def_regular
= 1;
8335 hzero
.eh
->non_elf
= 0;
8337 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (hzero
.eh
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
, r_type
))
8340 htab
->use_absolute_zero
= TRUE
;
8345 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8346 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8347 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8350 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8351 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8356 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8358 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8359 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8361 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8362 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8365 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8367 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8370 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8371 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8373 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8374 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8375 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8376 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8378 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8379 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8381 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8383 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
8384 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8386 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8388 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8391 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8395 /* xgettext:c-format */
8396 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8397 " stub section `%s'"),
8399 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8403 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8404 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8408 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8409 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8410 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8411 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8413 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8414 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8416 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8417 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8418 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8419 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8423 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8425 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8428 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8429 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8430 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8431 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8434 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8443 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8444 not need it. Since this function is called before
8445 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8446 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8448 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8452 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8454 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8456 unsigned long symcount
;
8460 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8461 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8463 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8464 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8465 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8468 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8471 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8472 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8474 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8475 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8476 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8477 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8481 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8483 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8484 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8486 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8487 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8488 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8490 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8492 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8493 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8494 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8495 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8496 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8497 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8499 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8503 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8505 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8508 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8510 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8511 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8514 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8517 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8521 /* xgettext:c-format */
8522 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8523 " stub section `%s'"),
8525 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8529 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8530 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8534 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8535 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8536 that refers to this symbol. */
8537 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8539 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8540 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8542 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8543 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8544 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8545 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8549 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8551 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8554 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8555 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8556 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8557 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8560 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8569 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8570 not need it. Since this function is called before
8571 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8572 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8574 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8578 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8580 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8582 unsigned long symcount
;
8586 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8587 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8589 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8590 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8591 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8594 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8597 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8598 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8600 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8601 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8602 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8603 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8607 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8608 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8610 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8612 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8613 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8615 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8617 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8618 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8619 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8620 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8621 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8624 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8628 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8630 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8636 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8638 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8639 unsigned int r_type
;
8640 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8641 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8642 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8643 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8645 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8646 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8648 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8650 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8653 /* xgettext:c-format */
8654 (_("%pB: malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8656 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8661 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8664 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8665 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8666 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8670 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8671 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8672 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8674 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8675 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8676 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8678 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8679 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8680 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8681 .debug* should have no effect. */
8682 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8687 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8688 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8689 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8690 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8691 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8692 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8693 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8697 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8698 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8699 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8700 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8701 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8702 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8703 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8704 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8705 /* If we have a symbol that will resolve to zero at static link
8706 time and it is used by a GOT relocation applied to code we
8707 cannot relax to an immediate zero load, then we will be using
8708 the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol whose value is zero
8709 at dynamic load time. We ignore HI16-type GOT relocations at
8710 this stage, because their handling will depend entirely on
8711 the corresponding LO16-type GOT relocation. */
8712 if (!call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8714 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
8715 && !htab
->use_absolute_zero
8716 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
8718 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
8720 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8723 rel_reloc
= mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
);
8724 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
8726 if (!mips_elf_nullify_got_load (abfd
, contents
, rel
, howto
,
8728 if (!mips_elf_define_absolute_zero (abfd
, info
, htab
, r_type
))
8733 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8734 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8735 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8737 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8738 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8739 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8740 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8741 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8742 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8743 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8744 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8745 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8747 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8748 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8750 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8753 /* xgettext:c-format */
8754 (_("%pB: GOT reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not expected in executables"),
8755 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8756 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8759 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8764 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8765 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8766 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8767 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8770 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8771 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8772 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8773 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8774 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8775 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8776 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8777 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8778 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8779 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8785 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8786 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8787 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8789 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8790 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8791 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8792 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8793 against a read-only section. */
8794 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8796 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8797 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8798 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8799 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8800 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8801 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8803 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8805 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8811 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8812 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8814 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8815 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8816 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8817 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8818 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8819 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8820 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8826 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8828 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8829 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8832 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8834 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8835 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8836 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8837 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8838 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8839 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8842 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8843 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8844 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8845 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8849 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8853 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8854 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8855 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8856 relocations against the text segment. */
8857 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8860 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8861 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8862 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8863 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8865 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8866 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8867 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8868 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8869 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8870 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8871 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8872 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8873 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8874 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8879 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8880 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8881 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8886 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8887 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8891 /* xgettext:c-format */
8892 (_("%pB: CALL16 reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not against global symbol"),
8893 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8894 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8899 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8900 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8901 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8902 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8905 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8906 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8907 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8908 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8912 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8913 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8914 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8920 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8921 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8922 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8924 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8925 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8926 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8927 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8928 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8929 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8931 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8932 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8933 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8935 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8937 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8939 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8940 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8942 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8943 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8946 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8949 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8950 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8956 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8957 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8959 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8960 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8961 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8962 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8966 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8967 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8970 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8971 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8972 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8977 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8978 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8979 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8980 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8981 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8984 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8985 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8986 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8987 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8989 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8995 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8996 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8997 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8998 for TLS GD relocations. */
9001 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
9007 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
9017 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
9018 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
9019 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
9020 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
9024 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
9028 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
9030 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
9031 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
9032 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
9033 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9034 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
9035 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
9036 relocations against the text segment. */
9037 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9041 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9043 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
9044 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
9045 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
9046 it will be left as zero.
9048 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
9049 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
9051 For an executable, we only need to copy this
9052 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
9054 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9055 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9056 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
9057 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
9058 are relocations against the text segment. */
9059 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9063 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9064 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
9065 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
9069 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
9070 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
9071 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
9072 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9073 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
9074 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
9075 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
9076 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9077 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
9078 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
9081 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
9082 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
9083 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9084 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
9088 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
9089 used. Record for later use during GC. */
9090 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9091 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
9099 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
9100 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
9101 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
9102 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
9103 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
9104 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
9107 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
9108 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
9109 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
9110 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9112 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9113 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
9114 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9117 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
9118 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9120 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9123 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
9124 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
9125 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
9126 when processing the stub's relocations. */
9128 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
9129 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
9131 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
9133 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9134 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9137 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
9138 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
9139 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
9140 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
9141 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
9142 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9146 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9147 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9148 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9149 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9150 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9151 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9152 /* These are okay in PIE, but not in a shared library. */
9153 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
9161 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
9162 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
9163 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
9164 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
9165 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
9166 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
9167 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9170 /* Likewise an absolute symbol. */
9171 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
))
9174 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
9175 and has a special meaning. */
9176 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
9177 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
9180 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
9181 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
9188 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9189 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, NEWABI_P (abfd
));
9190 /* An error for unsupported relocations is raised as part
9191 of the above search, so we can skip the following. */
9193 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9194 /* xgettext:c-format */
9195 (_("%X%H: relocation %s against `%s' cannot be used"
9196 " when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC\n"),
9197 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
,
9198 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
9209 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9212 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9214 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
9216 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9217 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9219 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9220 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9222 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9223 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9225 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9226 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9227 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9230 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9231 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9232 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9235 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9236 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9237 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9238 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9239 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
9240 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
9241 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9242 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9244 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
9246 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9248 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols that
9249 we are not going to export. */
9250 if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9253 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9255 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
9257 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
9264 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9265 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9266 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9267 relocations against it.
9269 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9270 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9272 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9274 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
9275 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
9276 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
9279 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9280 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
9281 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9282 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9283 against the text segment. */
9284 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9291 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9292 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9293 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9294 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9298 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9299 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9302 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9306 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9307 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9309 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9310 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9312 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9313 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9318 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9320 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9322 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9323 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9324 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9325 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9326 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9328 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9329 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9330 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9332 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9335 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9336 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9337 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9338 executable and the shared library. */
9340 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
))
9342 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9343 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9347 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9348 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9350 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9351 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9352 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9353 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9354 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9355 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9356 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9357 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9358 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9359 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9360 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9361 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9362 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9364 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9365 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9367 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9368 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9369 for PLT offset calculations. */
9370 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9372 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9373 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9375 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9376 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9377 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9378 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9379 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9380 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9383 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9384 for the same reason as above. */
9385 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9386 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9389 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9391 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9393 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9394 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9396 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9397 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9398 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9399 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9401 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9402 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9403 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9404 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9405 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9406 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9407 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9409 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9410 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9411 else if (!micromips_p
)
9413 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9414 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9415 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9416 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9418 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9420 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9421 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9422 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9423 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9427 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9428 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9429 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9430 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9434 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9435 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9436 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9439 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9440 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9442 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9443 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9444 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9445 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9450 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9452 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9453 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9456 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9457 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9458 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9459 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9460 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9461 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9462 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9465 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9467 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9470 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9472 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9473 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9475 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9477 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9478 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9481 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9482 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9484 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9485 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9486 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9487 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9489 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9490 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9491 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9492 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9494 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9495 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9496 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9498 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9499 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9500 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9505 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9506 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9507 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9508 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
9510 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
9511 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
9512 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9513 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9517 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9518 in regular objects. */
9522 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9523 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9524 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9527 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9528 some that we can't convert. */
9529 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9531 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9532 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9533 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9534 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9538 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9539 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9540 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9541 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9542 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9543 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9544 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9545 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9546 same memory location for the variable. */
9548 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9550 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9551 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9555 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9556 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9558 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9560 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9561 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9563 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9567 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9568 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9569 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9571 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9574 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9575 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9576 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9579 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9580 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9583 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9584 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9586 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9587 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9589 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9590 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9593 bfd_set_section_size (sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9594 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9597 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9598 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9601 bfd_set_section_size (sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9602 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9606 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9608 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9609 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9616 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9619 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9623 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9624 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9625 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9627 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9628 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9630 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9631 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9633 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9637 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9640 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9641 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9642 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9643 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9644 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9646 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9647 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9648 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9650 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9651 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9652 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9654 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9657 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9658 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9660 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9662 asection
*subsection
;
9664 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9666 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9668 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9670 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9671 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9675 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9676 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9677 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9678 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9681 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9682 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9683 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9685 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9687 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9688 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9690 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9691 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9693 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9694 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9695 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9697 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9698 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9700 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9702 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9707 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9708 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9709 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9710 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9711 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9712 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9714 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9715 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9718 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9719 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9722 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9723 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9725 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9726 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9727 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9729 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9731 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9737 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9740 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9743 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9745 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9746 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9748 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9751 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9752 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9753 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9755 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9756 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9757 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9759 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9760 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9762 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9763 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9764 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9765 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9766 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9767 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9768 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9769 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9770 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9771 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9772 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9773 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9774 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9776 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9777 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9778 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9780 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9783 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9784 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9785 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9788 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9790 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9791 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9792 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9796 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9797 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9798 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9800 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9802 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9803 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9804 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9806 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9807 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9808 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9809 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9814 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9815 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9816 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9817 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9818 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9823 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9824 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9827 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9829 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9830 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9831 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9832 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9833 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9834 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9835 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9838 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9839 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9841 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9844 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9846 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9848 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9851 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9852 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9853 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9855 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9856 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9857 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9860 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9867 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9868 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9869 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9870 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9873 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9875 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9876 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9877 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9882 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9883 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9885 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9887 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9888 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9889 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9891 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9892 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9895 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9901 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9902 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9905 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9906 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9908 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9911 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9912 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9913 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9919 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9922 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9923 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9926 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9927 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9928 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9930 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9931 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9932 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9933 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9935 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9937 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9938 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9940 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9941 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9943 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9945 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9948 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9949 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9950 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9951 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9952 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9953 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9955 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9956 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9958 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9959 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9960 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9962 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9963 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9964 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9965 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9966 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9969 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9970 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9971 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9973 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9974 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9975 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9976 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9977 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9978 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9979 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9980 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9981 else if (!micromips_p
)
9982 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9983 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9984 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9986 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9988 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9989 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9990 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9991 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9992 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9993 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9994 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9996 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9998 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
10000 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
10001 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
10002 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
10007 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
10008 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
10010 h
->type
= STT_FUNC
;
10014 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
10015 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10017 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
10019 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
10022 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
10024 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
10025 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
10026 memory for them. */
10028 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10032 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
10033 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
10034 name
= bfd_section_name (s
);
10036 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10039 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
10043 const char *outname
;
10046 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
10047 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
10048 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
10049 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
10050 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
10052 outname
= bfd_section_name (s
->output_section
);
10053 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
10054 if ((target
!= NULL
10055 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
10056 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
10057 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
10060 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10061 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10062 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
10063 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10065 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
10066 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
10067 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
10068 will move them around between input sections'
10069 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
10070 broken, so don't let it run. */
10071 info
->combreloc
= 0;
10074 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10075 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
10076 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
10078 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
10079 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
10080 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10082 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10083 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
10084 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
10085 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
10087 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
10088 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
10089 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
10090 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
10091 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
10094 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
10095 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
10096 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
10097 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
10098 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
10099 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
10101 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10107 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10111 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10114 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
10115 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10116 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10118 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
10123 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10125 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10126 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10127 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10128 the .dynamic section. */
10130 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
10131 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
10132 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
10133 may only look at the first one they see. */
10134 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
10135 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
10138 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10139 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
10142 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
10143 used by the debugger. */
10144 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10145 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10146 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10149 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
10150 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
10152 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10154 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10157 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
10158 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
10159 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
10160 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
10161 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10164 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
10167 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10168 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10170 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
10171 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
10172 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10174 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
10177 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
10180 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
10186 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0
10187 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sreldyn
->output_section
))
10189 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
10192 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
10195 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
10199 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
10202 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
10205 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
10208 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
10211 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
10214 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
10217 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
10220 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
10221 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_XHASH
, 0))
10224 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
10225 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
10228 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
10229 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10230 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
10231 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
10234 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
10236 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
10239 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
10242 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
10245 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
10248 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10249 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
10256 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10257 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10258 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10259 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10262 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10263 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10264 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10266 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
10267 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
10270 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10272 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10273 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10274 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
10275 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
10277 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
10278 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
10281 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10282 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
10284 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10285 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10287 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10288 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
10291 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10292 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10293 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10297 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10298 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10299 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10300 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10301 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10302 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10303 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10304 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10305 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10306 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10307 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10309 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10310 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10311 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10314 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10315 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10316 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10317 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10318 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10319 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10320 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10321 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10323 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10324 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10325 unsigned int r_type
;
10328 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10330 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10331 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10333 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10339 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10340 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10341 howto
, i
, contents
);
10346 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10349 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10350 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10351 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10352 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10353 asection
**local_sections
)
10355 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10356 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10357 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10358 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10360 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
10361 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10365 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10366 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10367 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10369 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10370 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10372 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10374 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10375 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10376 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10378 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10379 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10381 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10382 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10384 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10385 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10386 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10388 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10393 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10396 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10397 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10398 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10399 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10400 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10401 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10404 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10405 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10406 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10409 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10411 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10412 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10413 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10417 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10419 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10420 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10421 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10422 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10423 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10424 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10425 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10427 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10429 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10430 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10433 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10435 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10436 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10437 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10438 RELA relocation. */
10439 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10442 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10443 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10445 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10446 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10447 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10450 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10451 contents
, &addend
))
10454 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10456 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10457 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10460 /* xgettext:c-format */
10461 (_("%pB: can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s'"
10462 " for %s at %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
10464 howto
->name
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
, input_section
);
10468 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10471 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10472 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10473 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10476 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10478 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10479 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10480 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10482 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10484 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10485 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10486 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10487 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10488 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10489 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10490 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10492 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10494 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10495 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10496 source of the addend in the final link. */
10497 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10499 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10500 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10501 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10502 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10503 but for endianness. */
10509 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10511 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10518 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10519 do two separate stores. */
10520 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10522 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10524 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10525 high_bits
= addend
;
10530 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10532 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10533 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10534 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10535 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10539 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10540 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10545 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10549 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10550 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10551 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10553 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10554 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10555 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10556 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10558 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10560 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10561 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10562 input_section
, contents
,
10563 info
, rel
, addend
, howto
,
10564 local_syms
, local_sections
,
10565 &value
, &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10566 use_saved_addend_p
))
10568 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10569 /* There's nothing to do. */
10572 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10573 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10574 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10575 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10576 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10579 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10580 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10581 info
->callbacks
->warning
10582 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10585 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10586 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10587 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10588 a given location. */
10592 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10594 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10595 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10596 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10597 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10598 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10599 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10601 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10602 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10604 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10605 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10607 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10608 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10609 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10616 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10618 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10619 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10620 ? _("cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10621 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10622 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10623 ? _("jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10624 : _("jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10625 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10626 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10627 ? _("cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10628 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10629 : _("branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10630 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10631 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10634 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10635 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10638 /* Fall through. */
10645 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10646 until we reach the last one. */
10647 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10653 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10654 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10655 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10656 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10657 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10658 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10659 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10660 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10666 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10668 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10675 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10676 do two separate stores. */
10677 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10679 /* Undo what we did above. */
10680 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10681 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10683 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10689 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10691 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10692 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10693 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10694 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10698 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10699 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10700 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10701 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10708 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10709 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10712 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10714 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10715 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10716 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10719 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10721 bfd_signed_vma pcrel_offset
= 0;
10723 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10724 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10725 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10726 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10728 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10729 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10733 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10742 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10743 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10745 /* We add 8 here to account for the LUI/ADDIU instructions
10746 before the branch instruction. This cannot be moved down to
10747 where pcrel_offset is calculated as 's' is updated in
10748 mips_elf_get_la25_target. */
10749 branch_pc
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
+ offset
+ 8;
10751 /* Work out the target address. */
10752 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10753 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10755 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10756 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10758 /* Calculate the PC of the compact branch instruction (for the case where
10759 compact branches are used for either microMIPSR6 or MIPSR6 with
10760 compact branches. Add 4-bytes to account for BC using the PC of the
10761 next instruction as the base. */
10762 pcrel_offset
= target
- (branch_pc
+ 4);
10764 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10766 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10767 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10768 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10770 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10772 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10773 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10775 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10776 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10781 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10782 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10787 /* This is trampoline. */
10789 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10791 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10792 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10793 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10794 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10795 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10796 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10797 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10801 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10802 if (MIPSR6_P (hti
->output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
)
10804 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10805 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_BC (pcrel_offset
), loc
+ 8);
10809 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10810 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10812 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10818 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10819 adjust it appropriately now. */
10822 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10823 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10825 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10826 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10827 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10830 "__dso_displacement",
10832 "__program_header_table",
10836 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10844 const char* const *p
;
10847 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10848 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10851 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10853 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10855 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10856 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10858 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10860 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10862 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10868 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10869 dynamic sections here. */
10872 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10873 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10874 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10875 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10879 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10882 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10883 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10885 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10886 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10887 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10888 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10890 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10892 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10893 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10894 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10896 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10898 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10899 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10903 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10905 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10906 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10907 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10908 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10909 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10911 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10912 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10913 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10914 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10916 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10917 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10918 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10919 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10921 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10922 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10924 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt entry's address
10925 cannot be loaded in two instructions. */
10926 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10927 && ((got_address
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
10930 /* xgettext:c-format */
10931 (_("%pB: `%pA' entry VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
10932 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
10934 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10935 (int64_t) got_address
);
10936 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10940 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10941 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
10942 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10943 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10944 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10946 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10948 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10949 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10950 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10952 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10953 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10955 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10957 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10959 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10960 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10962 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10963 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10965 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10967 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10968 plt_entry
= htab
->compact_branches
? mipsr6_exec_plt_entry_compact
10969 : mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10971 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10972 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10973 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10976 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
10977 || (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
))
10979 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10984 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10985 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10990 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10991 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10993 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10995 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10996 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10998 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11000 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11001 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11003 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
11004 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
11006 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11008 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11009 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
11010 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11011 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
11012 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11013 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11014 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
11016 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11018 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11020 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11021 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
11022 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11023 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
11024 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11025 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11026 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
11027 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
11031 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11032 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
11033 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11035 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
11037 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11038 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
11039 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11041 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11042 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11045 /* xgettext:c-format */
11046 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11047 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11049 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11050 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11051 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11052 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11055 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11056 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11057 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11058 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11059 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
11060 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11061 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11065 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11066 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
11067 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
11068 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
11070 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
11071 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
11072 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
11073 binary where pointer equality matters. */
11074 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11075 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
11076 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
11084 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11086 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
11087 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
11088 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
11089 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
11090 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
11091 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
11092 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
11095 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11096 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11097 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11099 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11101 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
11103 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11105 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
11107 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
11108 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
11110 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
11113 /* Fill the stub. */
11117 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
11122 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11123 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11128 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11131 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11133 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
11135 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11136 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
11142 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
11148 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11152 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
11153 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
11154 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11155 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11156 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11158 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
11159 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11160 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11163 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11164 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
11171 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
11173 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
11175 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11177 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
11182 if (!(MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
))
11184 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
11188 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
11189 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
11190 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11191 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11193 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
11194 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11197 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
11201 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
)
11202 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALRC
, stub
+ idx
);
11205 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
11206 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
11209 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
11210 only for the referenced symbol. */
11211 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11213 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
11214 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
11215 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
11216 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
11217 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
11218 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
11220 sym
->st_other
= other
;
11223 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
11224 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
11226 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
11228 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
11229 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
11230 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
11231 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
11232 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
11235 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
11236 || h
->forced_local
);
11238 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11239 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11240 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11242 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11243 the symbols that need them. */
11244 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11249 value
= sym
->st_value
;
11250 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11251 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11254 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
11256 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
11262 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
11265 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
11267 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11270 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
11273 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
11274 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
11275 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11276 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
11278 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
11279 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
11281 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11282 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11283 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11284 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11285 appropriate addend. */
11286 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11288 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11289 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11290 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
11292 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
11293 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
11296 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11297 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
11298 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
11302 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
11303 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11308 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11309 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11310 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
11311 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
11312 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11313 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11314 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11316 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11317 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11320 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11322 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
11323 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
11325 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11326 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11328 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11330 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11332 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11333 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11334 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11335 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11337 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11339 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11340 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11341 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11342 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11346 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11352 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11353 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11355 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11356 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11357 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11358 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11359 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11360 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11363 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11364 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11365 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11367 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11368 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11369 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11371 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11372 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11374 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11376 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11377 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11383 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11386 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11387 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11388 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11389 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11393 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11394 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11395 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11397 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11398 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11399 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11400 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11402 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11405 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11406 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11407 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11408 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11409 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11411 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11412 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11414 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11415 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11416 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11417 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11419 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11420 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11421 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11424 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11425 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11426 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11427 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11429 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11430 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11431 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11433 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11434 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11435 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11437 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11438 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11439 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11440 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11442 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11443 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11445 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11447 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11448 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11449 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11453 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11455 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11456 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11457 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11459 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11460 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11461 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11462 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11463 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11464 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11465 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11466 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11468 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11469 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11471 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11472 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11473 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11474 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11475 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11477 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11478 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11479 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11480 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11481 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11482 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11484 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11485 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11487 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11488 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11491 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11492 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11493 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11494 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11495 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11497 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11499 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11500 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11503 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11505 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11506 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11507 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11509 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11510 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11513 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11517 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11518 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11519 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11521 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11522 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11523 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11524 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11525 + sgot
->output_offset
11527 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11528 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11529 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11532 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11535 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11539 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11541 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11542 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11543 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11544 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11546 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
11547 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11549 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11550 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11551 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11552 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11555 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11556 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11557 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11562 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11565 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11568 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11569 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11570 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11572 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11573 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11575 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11576 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11577 ? mipsr6_n64_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11578 : mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
11579 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11580 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11581 ? mipsr6_n32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11582 : mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
11583 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11584 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11585 ? mipsr6_o32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11586 : mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
11587 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11588 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11590 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11592 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11593 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11594 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11595 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11596 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11598 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11599 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11600 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11601 && ((gotplt_value
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
11604 /* xgettext:c-format */
11605 (_("%pB: `%pA' start VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
11606 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
11608 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11609 (int64_t) gotplt_value
);
11610 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11614 /* Install the PLT header. */
11615 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11616 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11618 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11619 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11622 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11624 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11625 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11626 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11628 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11629 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11632 /* xgettext:c-format */
11633 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11634 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11636 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11637 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11638 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11639 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11642 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11643 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11644 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11645 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11646 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11648 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11652 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11653 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11654 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11655 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11656 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11657 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11658 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11659 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11663 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11664 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11665 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11666 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11667 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11668 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11669 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11670 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11676 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11677 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11680 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11682 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11684 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11685 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11686 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11688 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11689 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11691 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11693 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11694 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11695 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11696 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11698 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11699 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11701 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11702 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11703 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11705 /* Install the PLT header. */
11706 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11707 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11708 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11709 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11710 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11711 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11712 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11714 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11715 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11716 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11717 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11719 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11720 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11722 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11723 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11724 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11725 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11726 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11727 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11729 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11730 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11731 in which symbols were output. */
11732 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11734 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11736 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11737 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11738 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11739 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11741 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11742 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11743 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11744 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11746 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11747 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11748 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11749 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11753 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11756 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11759 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11761 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11762 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11764 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11765 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11766 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11767 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11770 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11773 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11774 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11779 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11782 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11783 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11785 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11787 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11789 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11790 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11792 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11795 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11797 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11798 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11800 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11801 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11803 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11804 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11805 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11807 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11811 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11813 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11814 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11816 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11822 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11826 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11827 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11831 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11833 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11837 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11838 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11841 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11842 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11843 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11846 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11847 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11850 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11851 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11854 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11858 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11862 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11864 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11867 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11869 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11872 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11873 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11874 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11875 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11878 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11879 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11882 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11883 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11884 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11885 referenced within the same object. */
11886 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11889 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11890 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11892 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11895 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11896 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11897 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11898 /* Fall through. */
11900 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11902 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11903 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11906 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11908 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11911 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11912 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11915 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11917 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11918 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11921 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11922 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11925 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11927 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11929 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11930 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11934 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11936 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11937 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11938 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11941 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11942 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11945 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11947 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11948 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11949 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11950 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11951 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11952 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11953 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11957 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11958 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11959 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11960 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11964 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11965 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11966 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11968 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11972 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11973 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11977 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11978 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11979 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11983 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11984 the dynamic tag. */
11985 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11987 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11988 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11993 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11994 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11995 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11996 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11998 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
12001 case DT_MIPS_XHASH
:
12002 name
= ".MIPS.xhash";
12003 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12004 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
12008 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
12009 if (htab
->is_vxworks
12010 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
12015 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
12016 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
12017 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
12021 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
12026 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
12027 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
12028 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
12031 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
12032 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
12034 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
12036 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
12037 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
12038 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
12039 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
12040 to the lazy resolution stub. */
12041 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
12042 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
12044 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
12045 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12046 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
12048 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12052 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
12053 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
12054 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
12055 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
12056 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
12057 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12060 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
12061 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
12064 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
12065 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
12067 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
12068 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
12070 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
12071 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
12073 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
12075 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
12076 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
12078 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
12079 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12080 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
12082 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12084 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
12087 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
12089 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
12090 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
12093 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
12094 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
12095 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
12096 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
12097 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
12098 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
12100 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
12105 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
12106 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
12109 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
12112 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
12114 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
12116 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
12117 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
12118 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
12120 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12123 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
12124 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
12126 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
12132 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
12133 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
12134 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
12135 are trailing null entries. */
12136 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
12137 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
12138 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
12139 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
12140 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
12141 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
12142 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
12143 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
));
12144 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
12149 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
12154 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
12161 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
12163 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
12165 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
12166 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
12170 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
12172 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
12173 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
12176 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
12177 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
12180 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
12181 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
12183 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
12185 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
12186 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
12187 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
12188 htab
->function_stub_size
);
12193 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
12194 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
12195 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
12196 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
12197 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
12199 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
12201 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
12203 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
12205 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
12206 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
12207 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
12208 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
12210 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
12211 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
12212 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
12217 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
12219 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
12221 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
12222 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
12224 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
12228 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
12229 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
12237 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
12240 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
12244 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
12247 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
) || ABI_64_P (abfd
))
12248 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12250 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12253 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
12254 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12257 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
12258 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
12261 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
12262 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
12265 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
12266 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
12269 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
12270 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
12271 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
12272 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
12273 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12276 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
12277 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
12280 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
12281 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
12284 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
12285 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
12288 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
12289 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
12292 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
12293 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
12296 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
12297 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
12300 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
12301 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
12304 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
12305 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
12308 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
12309 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
12310 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
12311 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
12312 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
12313 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
12314 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
12315 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
12318 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
12319 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
12322 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
12323 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
12326 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
12327 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
12330 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
12331 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
12334 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464
:
12335 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
;
12338 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
:
12339 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
;
12342 case bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
:
12343 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS264E
;
12346 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
12347 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12348 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12351 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12352 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12355 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12356 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12359 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12360 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12363 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12364 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12367 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12368 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12371 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12372 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12373 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12374 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12377 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
12378 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
;
12381 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12382 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12383 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12384 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12387 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12388 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12391 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12392 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12395 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12396 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12401 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12402 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12403 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12404 relocs to be sorted. */
12407 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12409 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12413 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12414 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12415 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12418 _bfd_mips_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12421 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12425 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12426 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12427 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12428 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12429 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12431 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12432 info for each special section. */
12433 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12434 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12437 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12439 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12440 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12441 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12443 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12446 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12447 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12448 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12449 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12450 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12451 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12452 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12453 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12456 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12457 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12458 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12459 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12460 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12461 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12462 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12463 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12464 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12467 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12468 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12470 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12471 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12473 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12476 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12477 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12478 name
= bfd_section_name ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12479 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12480 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12481 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12482 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12485 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12486 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12488 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12490 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12491 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12494 case SHT_MIPS_XHASH
:
12495 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12497 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12503 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12505 _bfd_mips_final_write_processing (abfd
);
12506 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
12509 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12513 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12514 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12519 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12520 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12521 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12524 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12525 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12528 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12529 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12530 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12531 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12534 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12535 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12536 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12537 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12540 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12541 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12542 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12543 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12549 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12552 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12553 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12556 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12559 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12561 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12562 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12564 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12565 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12570 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12574 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12576 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12578 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12579 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12581 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12582 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12590 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12592 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12593 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12595 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12596 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12601 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12605 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12607 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12609 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12610 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12612 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12613 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12621 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12622 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12623 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12625 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12626 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12627 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12628 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12630 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12632 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12633 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12638 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12640 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12642 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12643 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12646 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12648 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12649 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12650 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12651 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12652 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12653 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12654 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12655 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12656 *pm
= options_segment
;
12662 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12664 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12665 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12666 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12667 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12668 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12670 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12671 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12676 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12680 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12682 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12687 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12692 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12695 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12696 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12697 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12707 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12708 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12710 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12712 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12715 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12716 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12717 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12718 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12719 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12720 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12721 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12722 PT_LOAD segment. */
12723 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12726 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12728 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12730 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12734 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12736 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12738 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12740 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12741 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12748 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12749 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12754 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12755 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12757 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12760 amt
= sizeof *n
- sizeof (asection
*) + c
* sizeof (asection
*);
12761 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12768 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12770 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12772 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12774 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12783 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12784 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12786 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12787 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12788 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12789 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12790 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12792 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12793 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12794 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12795 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12796 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12799 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12800 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12802 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12803 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12805 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12806 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12810 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12814 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12822 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12826 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12827 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12828 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12830 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12832 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12835 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12837 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12838 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12842 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12845 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12848 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12849 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12853 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12855 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12859 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12862 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12864 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (bfd_section_name (o
)))
12866 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12874 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12875 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12876 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12877 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12880 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12881 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12882 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12884 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12886 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12888 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12889 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12890 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12891 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12892 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12893 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12895 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12898 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12899 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12900 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12901 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12902 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12903 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12905 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12906 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12908 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12910 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12911 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12913 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12915 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12916 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12918 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12920 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12921 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12923 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12924 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12925 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12926 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12927 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12928 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12931 /* Take care of the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol and ignore attempts
12932 to hide it. It has to remain global (it will also be protected) so as to
12933 be assigned a global GOT entry, which will then remain unchanged at load
12937 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12938 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
12939 bfd_boolean force_local
)
12941 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12943 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
12944 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
12945 if (htab
->use_absolute_zero
12946 && strcmp (entry
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_absolute_zero") == 0)
12949 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, entry
, force_local
);
12952 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12955 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12956 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12959 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12960 unsigned char *tdata
;
12963 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12968 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12970 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12971 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12974 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12978 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12979 info
->keep_memory
);
12986 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12987 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12989 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12991 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
13000 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
13001 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
13002 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
13003 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
13009 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
13010 free (cookie
->rels
);
13016 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
13018 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
13024 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
13025 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13026 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
13028 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
13031 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
13034 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
13038 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
13039 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
13041 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
13043 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
13046 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
13049 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
13050 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
13054 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
13055 from output by default for clarity. */
13058 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
13060 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
13063 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
13064 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
13066 struct mips_elf_find_line
13068 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
13069 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
13073 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
13074 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
13075 const char **filename_ptr
,
13076 const char **functionname_ptr
,
13077 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
13078 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
13082 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
13083 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13084 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
13085 dwarf_debug_sections
,
13086 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
13090 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13091 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13094 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
13095 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13096 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
13101 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
13104 flagword origflags
;
13105 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
13106 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
13107 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
13109 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
13110 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
13111 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
13112 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
13113 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
13114 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13116 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
13119 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
13122 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
13123 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
13125 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
13128 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13132 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
13134 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13138 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
13139 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
13140 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13141 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
13143 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13146 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
13147 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
13148 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
13149 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
13150 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
13151 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
13152 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
13154 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
13156 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
13157 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
13158 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
13159 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
13160 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
13161 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
13164 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
13165 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13168 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13172 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13175 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
13177 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13178 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13179 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
13183 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
13184 const char **filename_ptr
,
13185 const char **functionname_ptr
,
13186 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
13189 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
13190 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
13191 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
13196 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
13197 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
13198 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
13201 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
13202 const void *location
,
13203 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
13205 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
13209 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
13211 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
13212 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
13213 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
13216 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
13219 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
13222 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
13225 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
13228 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
13232 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
13233 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
13236 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
13238 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13239 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
13241 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
13244 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
13245 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
13246 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13249 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
13250 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
13253 if (reloc_size
< 0)
13256 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
13257 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
13260 /* read in the section */
13261 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
13262 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
13265 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
13269 if (reloc_count
< 0)
13272 if (reloc_count
> 0)
13277 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13280 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
13281 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
13282 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13283 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
13284 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
13288 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
13289 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
13296 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
13297 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
13298 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13301 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13302 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13304 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
13306 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
13307 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
13309 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13311 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
13320 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
13322 char *error_message
= NULL
;
13323 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
13325 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13326 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13327 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13329 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13330 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13331 to the generic handling. */
13333 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
13334 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
13335 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
13336 input_section
, relocatable
,
13339 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
13341 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
13346 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
13348 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13349 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
13353 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
13357 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
13358 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
13359 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13360 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
13362 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
13363 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
13364 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
13365 (link_info
, error_message
,
13366 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13368 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13369 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13371 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13372 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13373 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13375 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13384 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13385 free (reloc_vector
);
13389 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13390 free (reloc_vector
);
13395 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13396 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13398 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13399 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13400 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13401 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13403 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13404 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13405 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13406 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13407 unsigned int symcount
;
13409 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13410 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13412 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13413 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13415 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13416 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13417 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13418 sec
->size
-= count
;
13420 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13421 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13423 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13424 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13425 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13428 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13429 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13431 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13432 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13433 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13434 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13435 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13436 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13438 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13439 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13440 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13441 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13442 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13444 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13446 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13448 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13449 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13450 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13452 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13454 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13455 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13457 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13465 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13466 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13468 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13469 unsigned long match
;
13470 unsigned long mask
;
13473 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13477 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13479 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13480 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13482 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13484 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13485 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13488 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13490 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13491 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13492 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13493 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13496 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13497 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13499 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13500 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13502 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13503 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13505 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13506 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13508 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13509 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13511 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13512 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13515 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13517 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13518 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13519 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13521 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13523 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13524 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13525 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13526 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13529 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13530 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13531 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13532 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13535 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13536 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13537 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13538 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13541 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13542 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13543 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13544 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13547 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13549 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13550 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13553 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13555 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13556 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13558 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13559 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13561 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13562 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13564 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13565 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13567 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13568 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13570 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13572 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13573 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13575 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13576 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13578 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13579 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13580 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13581 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13584 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13586 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13587 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13589 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13590 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13591 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13595 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13597 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13598 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13600 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13601 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13603 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13604 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13606 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13608 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13610 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13611 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13613 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13614 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13615 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13616 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13620 /* LUI instruction. */
13622 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13623 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13626 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13628 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13629 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13631 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13632 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13634 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13635 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13638 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13640 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13641 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13642 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13643 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13645 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13646 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13648 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13649 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13650 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13651 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13654 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13655 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13658 /* NOP instructions. */
13660 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13661 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13663 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13664 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13667 /* Instruction match support. */
13669 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13672 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13674 unsigned long indx
;
13676 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13677 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13684 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13686 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13687 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13688 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13689 the second half of another instruction. */
13692 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13694 unsigned long opcode
;
13697 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13698 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13699 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13701 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13702 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13703 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13706 /* No delay slot. */
13712 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13713 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13714 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13715 the second half of another instruction. */
13718 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13720 unsigned long opcode
;
13723 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13724 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13725 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13727 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13728 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13731 /* No delay slot. */
13737 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13738 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13741 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13743 unsigned long opcode
;
13745 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13746 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13748 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13750 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13751 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13752 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13754 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13760 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13761 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13764 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13766 unsigned long opcode
;
13768 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13769 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13771 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13772 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13773 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13775 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13776 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13777 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13778 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13779 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13780 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13781 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13782 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13788 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13789 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13790 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13793 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13794 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13795 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13797 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13798 unsigned long opcode
;
13800 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13801 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13804 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13805 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13806 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13812 /* Bitsize checking. */
13813 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13814 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13815 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13819 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13820 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13821 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13823 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13824 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13825 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13826 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13827 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13828 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13830 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13833 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13834 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13837 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13838 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13839 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13840 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13843 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13845 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13846 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13847 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13848 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13849 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13852 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13853 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13854 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13856 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13857 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13858 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13859 unsigned long opcode
;
13865 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13866 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13870 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13872 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13873 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13874 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13877 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13878 if (contents
== NULL
)
13880 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13881 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13882 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13883 /* Go get them off disk. */
13884 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13887 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13889 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13890 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13892 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13893 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13894 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13895 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13897 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13901 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13902 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13904 /* A local symbol. */
13905 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13908 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13909 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13910 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13911 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13912 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13913 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13914 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13916 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13917 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13918 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13919 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13920 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13924 unsigned long indx
;
13925 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13927 /* An external symbol. */
13928 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13929 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13930 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13932 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13933 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13934 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13935 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13936 regular reloc processing. */
13939 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13940 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13941 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13942 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13943 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13947 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13948 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13949 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13950 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13951 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13952 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13953 the linker is run. */
13955 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13956 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13959 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13961 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13962 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13964 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13967 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13968 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13969 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13971 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13973 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13974 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13975 out the offset). */
13976 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13978 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13979 unsigned long nextopc
;
13983 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13985 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13986 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13987 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13990 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13991 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13992 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13993 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13996 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13997 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13998 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13999 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
14002 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
14003 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
14004 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
14005 it through if so. */
14006 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
14007 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
14008 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
14009 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
14010 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
14011 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
14013 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
14015 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
14018 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
14020 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
14021 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
14022 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
14023 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
14024 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
14025 switch (offset
- 4)
14030 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
14034 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
14041 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14043 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
14045 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
14048 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
14049 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
14050 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
14052 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
14053 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
14055 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14056 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
14058 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
14059 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
14060 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
14061 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
14062 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
14063 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14066 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
14067 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
14068 the PC-relative distance. */
14069 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
14070 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
14071 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
14072 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
14073 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
14075 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14076 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
14078 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
14079 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
14080 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
14082 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
14083 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14086 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
14090 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14091 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
14093 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
14098 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
14099 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
14100 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
14101 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
14102 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14103 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
14104 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
14105 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
14107 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
14108 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
14109 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
14110 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
14112 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
14116 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
14118 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
14119 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
14120 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
14121 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
14123 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
14125 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
14126 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
14130 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
14131 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
14133 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14134 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
14135 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
14137 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14138 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
14140 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
14143 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
14146 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
14151 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
14152 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
14154 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14155 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
14156 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
14157 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
14158 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
14159 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
14163 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
14165 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14166 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
14168 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
14170 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
14171 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
14172 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
14175 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
14180 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
14182 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
14183 && target_is_micromips_code_p
14184 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
14185 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
14187 unsigned long n32opc
;
14188 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
14190 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
14192 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
14194 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
14195 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
14199 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
14201 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
14203 (move_insn_16
.match
14204 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
14205 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
14210 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
14211 instructions will be handled here later. */
14215 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
14216 with 16-bit delay slot. */
14217 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
14219 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
14227 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
14228 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
14229 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14230 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14232 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
14233 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
14234 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
14237 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
14238 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
14243 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14244 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14246 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14250 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14251 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14255 if (contents
!= NULL
14256 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14258 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14262 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14263 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14267 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14268 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14269 free (internal_relocs
);
14274 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14275 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14277 if (contents
!= NULL
14278 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14280 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14281 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14282 free (internal_relocs
);
14287 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14289 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14290 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14292 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14293 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
14295 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
14299 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
14300 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
14301 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
14307 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
14308 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
14310 return &ret
->root
.root
;
14313 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14315 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14316 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14318 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14320 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
14323 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14325 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
14326 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14327 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
14332 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14333 and copy relocs. */
14336 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14338 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14341 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14342 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
14343 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes.
14344 Also record whether we have been configured for a GNU target. */
14347 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean insn32
,
14348 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
,
14349 bfd_boolean gnu_target
)
14351 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= insn32
;
14352 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
= ignore_branch_isa
;
14353 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->gnu_target
= gnu_target
;
14356 /* A function that the linker calls to enable use of compact branches in
14357 linker generated code for MIPSR6. */
14360 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_branches (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
14362 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_branches
= on
;
14366 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14368 struct mips_mach_extension
14370 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14374 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14375 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14377 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14379 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14380 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14381 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14382 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14383 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14384 { bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
, bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
},
14385 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
, bfd_mach_mips_gs464
},
14386 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14388 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14389 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14390 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14391 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14393 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14394 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14396 /* R10000 extensions. */
14397 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14398 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14399 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14401 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14402 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14403 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14404 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14405 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14406 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14407 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14409 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14410 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14411 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14412 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14413 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14414 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14416 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14417 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14418 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14420 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14421 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14422 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14423 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14424 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14425 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14426 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14427 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14428 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14429 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14431 /* MIPS32r3 extensions. */
14432 { bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
},
14434 /* MIPS32r2 extensions. */
14435 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
},
14437 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14438 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14440 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14441 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14442 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14443 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14445 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14446 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14447 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14450 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14453 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14457 if (extension
== base
)
14460 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14461 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14464 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14465 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14468 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14469 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14471 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14472 if (extension
== base
)
14479 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14481 static unsigned long
14482 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14486 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14487 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14488 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14489 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14490 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14491 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14492 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14493 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14494 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14495 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14496 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14497 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14498 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14499 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14500 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14501 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14502 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14503 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14507 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14510 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14512 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14514 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14515 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14516 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14517 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14518 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14519 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14520 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14521 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14522 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14523 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14524 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14525 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14526 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14527 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14528 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14529 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14530 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14531 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14532 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
14533 return AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
;
14538 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14539 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14541 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14542 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14543 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14545 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14548 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14551 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14553 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14554 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14555 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14556 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14557 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14558 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14559 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14560 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14561 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14562 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14563 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14566 /* xgettext:c-format */
14567 (_("%pB: unknown architecture %s"),
14568 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14571 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14573 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14574 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14577 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14578 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14579 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14580 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14583 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14586 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14588 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14589 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14590 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14591 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14592 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14593 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14594 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14595 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14598 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14601 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14603 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14605 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14606 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14608 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14609 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14611 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14613 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14615 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14616 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14618 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14619 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14620 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14621 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14622 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14623 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14624 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14625 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14626 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14628 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14630 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14631 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14632 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14633 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14634 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14635 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14637 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14638 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14639 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14640 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14641 && abiflags
->ases
!= AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
14642 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14645 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14646 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14647 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14650 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14653 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14654 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14655 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14656 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14657 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14658 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14659 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14660 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14661 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14662 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14667 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14669 static const char * const secname
[] =
14671 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14672 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14674 static const int sc
[] =
14676 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14677 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14680 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14681 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14683 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14685 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14688 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14690 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14692 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14696 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14697 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14699 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14701 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14702 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14703 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14704 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14705 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14706 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14707 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14708 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14709 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14710 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14711 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14712 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14714 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14716 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14718 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14719 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14721 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14724 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14725 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14729 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14730 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14731 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14735 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14737 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14738 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14740 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14741 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14742 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14744 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14746 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14747 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14748 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14749 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14751 asection
*input_section
;
14753 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14755 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14760 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14762 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14763 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14764 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14767 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14768 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14770 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14771 matters, but someday it might). */
14772 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14777 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14779 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14781 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14782 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14783 the information together. */
14784 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14786 asection
*input_section
;
14788 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14792 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14794 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14799 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14800 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14802 sz
= (input_section
->size
< sizeof (ext
)
14803 ? input_section
->size
: sizeof (ext
));
14804 memset (&ext
, 0, sizeof (ext
));
14805 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14809 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14811 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14812 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14813 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14814 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14815 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14817 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14818 `_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing' when the section is
14819 finally written out. */
14821 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14822 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14823 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14826 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14827 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14829 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14830 matters, but someday it might). */
14831 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14836 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14838 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14841 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14842 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14843 the information together. */
14844 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14845 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14846 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14847 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14848 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14849 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14850 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14851 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14852 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14853 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14854 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14855 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14856 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14858 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14860 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14861 debug_info structure. */
14863 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14864 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14865 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14866 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14867 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14869 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14870 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14871 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14872 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14874 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14875 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14879 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14883 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14884 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14885 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14886 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14888 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14890 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14891 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14894 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14895 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14898 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14899 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14900 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14904 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14906 asection
*input_section
;
14908 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14909 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14913 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14915 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14920 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14921 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14923 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14925 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14926 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14927 want to deal with it. */
14931 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14932 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14934 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14936 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14937 read in the debugging information and set up an
14938 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14939 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14943 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14944 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14945 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14948 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14949 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14950 the linker global hash table and save the information
14951 for the output external symbols. */
14952 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14953 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14954 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14955 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14957 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14958 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14962 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14964 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14965 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14966 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14967 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14970 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14971 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14972 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14973 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14978 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14979 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14980 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14986 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14987 free (input_debug
.line
);
14988 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14989 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14990 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14991 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14992 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14993 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14994 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14995 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14996 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14997 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14999 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15000 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15001 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15004 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
15006 /* Create .rtproc section. */
15007 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15008 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
15010 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
15011 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
15013 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
15016 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
15017 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (rtproc_sec
, 4))
15021 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
15027 /* Build the external symbol information. */
15030 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
15032 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
15033 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
15034 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
15038 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
15039 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
15041 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
15042 matters, but someday it might). */
15043 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15048 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
15050 const char *subname
;
15053 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
15056 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
15057 information describing how the small data area would
15058 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
15059 not used in executables files. */
15060 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
15062 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
15064 asection
*input_section
;
15066 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15068 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
15073 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15075 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15076 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15077 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15080 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
15081 currently matters, but someday it might). */
15082 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15084 /* Really remove the section. */
15085 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
15086 --abfd
->section_count
;
15091 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
15092 uninitialized data. */
15093 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
15094 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
15095 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
15100 /* xgettext:c-format */
15101 (_("%pB: illegal section name `%pA'"), abfd
, o
);
15102 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
15106 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
15107 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
15108 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
15109 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
15110 case we must change the name of the output section. */
15111 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
15112 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
15114 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
15115 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
15117 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
15118 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
15119 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
15122 /* Set up the first entry. */
15124 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
15125 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
15128 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
15129 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
15131 /* Combine the input sections. */
15132 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
15134 asection
*input_section
;
15136 bfd_size_type size
;
15137 unsigned long last
;
15138 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
15140 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15142 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
15147 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15148 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
15150 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
15151 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
15152 sorted by ascending -G value. */
15153 size
= input_section
->size
;
15155 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15157 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
15159 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
15160 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
15166 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
15167 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
15168 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
15174 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
15176 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
15177 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
15180 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
15182 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
15183 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
15185 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
15191 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
15194 /* We need a new table entry. */
15195 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
15196 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
15197 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
15203 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
15204 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
15206 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
15207 value, since that will be implied by this new
15210 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
15212 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
15214 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
15215 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
15219 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
15220 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
15225 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
15228 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15229 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15230 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15233 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
15235 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
15237 /* Swap out the table. */
15238 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15239 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
15240 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
15246 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
15247 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
15250 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15251 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
15253 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
15254 matters, but someday it might). */
15255 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15259 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
15260 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
15263 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
15265 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
15267 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
15268 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
15270 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15272 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
15273 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15275 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
15276 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15278 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
15279 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15283 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
15285 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
15287 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
15288 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15292 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
15294 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
15295 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
15297 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
15300 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
15303 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
15305 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
15306 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
15307 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
15311 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
15313 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
15314 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
15315 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
15319 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
15321 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15322 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
15324 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
15325 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
15326 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
15334 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15335 if there are conflicting settings. */
15338 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15340 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15341 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15342 flagword old_flags
;
15343 flagword new_flags
;
15346 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15347 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15348 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15350 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15352 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15353 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15355 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15356 doesn't seem to matter. */
15357 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15358 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15360 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15361 just be able to ignore this. */
15362 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15363 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15365 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15366 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15367 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15369 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15374 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15375 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15378 (_("%pB: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15383 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15384 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15385 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15386 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15388 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15389 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15391 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15392 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15395 (_("%pB: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15399 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15401 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15402 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15404 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15405 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15406 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15407 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15408 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15409 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15410 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15412 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15413 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15415 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15416 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15417 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15418 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15419 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15420 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15424 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15426 /* xgettext:c-format */
15427 (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15429 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15430 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15435 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15436 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15438 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15439 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15440 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15441 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15442 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15444 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15445 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15446 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15447 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15450 /* xgettext:c-format */
15451 (_("%pB: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15453 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15454 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15457 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15458 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15461 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15462 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15463 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15465 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15466 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15467 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15468 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15469 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15470 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15472 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15475 /* xgettext:c-format */
15476 (_("%pB: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15478 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15479 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15483 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15485 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15486 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15489 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15490 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15492 /* xgettext:c-format */
15493 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15495 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15496 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15497 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15498 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15500 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15501 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15504 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15505 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15507 /* xgettext:c-format */
15508 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15510 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15511 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15512 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15513 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15515 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15516 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15519 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15520 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15522 /* xgettext:c-format */
15524 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields than previous modules "
15526 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
15533 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15534 there are conflicting attributes. */
15536 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15538 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15539 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15540 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15544 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15545 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15546 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15547 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15549 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15551 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15552 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15554 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15556 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15557 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15559 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15561 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15566 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15567 non-conflicting ones. */
15568 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15569 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15573 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15574 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15575 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15576 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15577 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15578 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15579 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15580 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15581 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15583 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15584 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15586 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15587 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15588 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15589 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15590 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15591 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15592 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15594 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15595 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15597 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15598 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15599 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15600 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15602 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15604 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15605 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15606 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15607 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15608 /* xgettext:c-format */
15610 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15611 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15612 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15613 else if (!out_string
)
15615 /* xgettext:c-format */
15616 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15617 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15618 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15619 else if (!in_string
)
15621 /* xgettext:c-format */
15622 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15623 "%pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15624 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15627 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15628 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15629 really relevant to the error message. */
15630 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15631 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15632 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15633 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15635 /* xgettext:c-format */
15636 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15637 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15642 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15643 non-conflicting ones. */
15644 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15646 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15647 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15648 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15649 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15650 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15652 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15654 /* xgettext:c-format */
15655 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15656 "%pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15657 obfd
, "-mmsa", abi_msa_bfd
,
15658 ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15662 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15664 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15666 /* xgettext:c-format */
15667 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15668 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15669 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15670 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mmsa");
15675 /* xgettext:c-format */
15676 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15677 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15678 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15679 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15685 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15686 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15689 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15690 there are conflicting settings. */
15693 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15695 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15696 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15697 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15699 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15700 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15702 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15703 /* Merge abiflags. */
15704 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15705 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15706 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15707 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15708 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15709 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15710 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15711 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15712 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15713 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15715 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15716 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15721 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15722 object file when linking. */
15725 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15727 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15728 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15729 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15730 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15734 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15735 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15738 (_("%pB: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15743 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15746 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15747 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15749 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15752 (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15757 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15758 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15759 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15760 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15762 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15763 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15764 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15765 not affect compatibility. */
15766 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15767 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15768 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15770 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15771 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15772 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15774 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15778 if (null_input_bfd
)
15781 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15782 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15784 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15785 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15786 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15788 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15790 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15791 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15793 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15794 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15796 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15797 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15798 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15799 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15801 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15802 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15804 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15805 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15806 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15807 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15809 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15810 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15811 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15813 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15814 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15815 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15817 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15818 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15820 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15821 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15822 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15824 (_("%pB: warning: unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15825 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15826 in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15830 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15831 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15834 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15836 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15837 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15838 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15841 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15843 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15844 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15845 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15846 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15848 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15849 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15850 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15851 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15853 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15854 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15857 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15858 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15864 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15866 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15868 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15879 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15882 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15884 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15885 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15887 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15888 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15893 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15897 default: return "";
15898 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15899 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15900 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15901 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15902 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15903 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15904 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15905 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15906 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15907 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15908 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15909 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15911 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15912 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15913 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15914 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15915 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15916 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15917 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15918 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15919 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15920 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15921 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15922 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15923 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15924 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15925 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15926 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15927 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15928 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15929 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15930 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15931 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15932 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15933 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15934 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15935 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15936 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15937 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15938 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15939 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15940 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15941 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15942 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15943 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15944 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15945 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15946 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15947 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15948 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15949 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15950 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15951 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15952 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15953 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15954 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15955 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15956 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15957 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15958 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15959 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15960 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15961 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15962 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15963 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15964 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15965 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15966 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15967 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15968 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15969 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15970 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15971 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15972 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15973 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15974 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15975 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15976 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15977 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15978 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15979 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15980 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15981 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15982 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15983 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15984 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15985 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15986 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15987 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15988 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15989 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15990 case DT_MIPS_XHASH
:
15991 return "DT_MIPS_XHASH";
15995 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15999 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
16003 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
16005 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
16006 return "-mdouble-float";
16008 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
16009 return "-msingle-float";
16011 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
16012 return "-msoft-float";
16014 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
16015 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
16017 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
16020 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
16021 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
16023 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
16024 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
16032 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
16034 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
16035 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
16036 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
16037 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
16038 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
16039 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
16040 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
16041 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
16042 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
16043 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
16044 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
16045 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
16046 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
16047 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
16048 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
16049 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
16050 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
16051 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
16052 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
16053 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
16054 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
16055 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
16056 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
16057 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
16058 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
16059 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
16060 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
16061 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
16062 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16E2
)
16063 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16e2 ASE", file
);
16064 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_CRC
)
16065 fputs ("\n\tCRC ASE", file
);
16066 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_GINV
)
16067 fputs ("\n\tGINV ASE", file
);
16068 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_MMI
)
16069 fputs ("\n\tLoongson MMI ASE", file
);
16070 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_CAM
)
16071 fputs ("\n\tLoongson CAM ASE", file
);
16072 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
16073 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT ASE", file
);
16074 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT2
)
16075 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT2 ASE", file
);
16077 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
16078 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
16079 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
16083 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
16088 fputs (_("None"), file
);
16091 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
16093 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
16094 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
16096 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
16097 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
16099 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
16100 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
16102 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
16103 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
16106 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
16109 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
16112 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
16115 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
16118 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
16120 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
16121 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
16124 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
16127 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
16130 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
16133 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
16136 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
16138 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
16139 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
16141 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
16142 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
16144 case AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
:
16145 fputs ("Imagination interAptiv MR2", file
);
16148 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
16154 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
16158 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
16159 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
16161 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
16162 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
16164 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
16165 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
16167 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
16168 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
16170 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
16171 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
16173 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
16174 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
16176 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
16177 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
16179 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
16180 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
16183 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
16189 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
16191 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
16192 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
16193 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
16194 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
16199 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
16203 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
16205 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
16206 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
16208 /* xgettext:c-format */
16209 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
16211 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
16212 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
16213 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
16214 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
16215 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
16216 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
16217 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
16218 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
16219 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
16220 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
16221 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
16222 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
16223 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
16224 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
16226 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
16228 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
16229 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
16230 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
16231 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
16232 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
16233 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
16234 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
16235 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
16236 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
16237 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
16238 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
16239 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
16240 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
16241 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
16242 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
16243 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
16244 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
16245 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
16246 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
16247 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
16248 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
16249 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
16251 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
16253 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
16254 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
16256 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
16257 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
16259 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
16260 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
16262 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
16263 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
16265 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
16266 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
16268 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
16269 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
16271 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
16273 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
16274 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
16276 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
16277 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
16279 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
16280 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
16282 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
16283 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
16285 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
16286 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
16288 fputc ('\n', file
);
16290 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
16292 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
16293 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
16294 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
16295 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
16296 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
16297 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
16298 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
16299 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
16300 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
16301 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
16302 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
16303 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
16304 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
16305 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
16306 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
16307 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
16308 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
16309 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
16310 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
16311 fputc ('\n', file
);
16317 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
16319 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16320 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16321 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
16322 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16323 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16324 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
16325 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".MIPS.xhash"), 0, SHT_MIPS_XHASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
16326 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16329 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16330 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16331 definiton of the symbol. */
16333 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16334 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
16335 bfd_boolean definition
,
16336 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16338 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16340 unsigned char other
;
16342 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
16343 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16344 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
16348 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
16349 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
16352 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16353 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16355 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16357 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
16361 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16363 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
16364 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16365 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
16368 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16369 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16372 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
16373 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16376 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
16377 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
16380 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16381 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16382 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16383 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16384 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16385 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16386 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16387 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16390 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16391 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16392 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16393 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16396 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16397 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16398 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16399 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16401 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16402 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16403 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16404 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16405 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16406 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16407 unsigned int other
;
16408 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16427 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16430 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16431 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16434 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16435 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16438 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16442 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16443 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16445 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16447 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16448 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16449 PLT slots per relocation. */
16450 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16451 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16452 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16453 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16454 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16455 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16456 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16458 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16459 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16461 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16464 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16467 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16470 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16472 names
= (char *) send
;
16473 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16476 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16477 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16481 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16482 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16484 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16488 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16489 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16493 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16498 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16502 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16503 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16504 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16508 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16509 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16510 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16512 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16513 const char *suffix
;
16518 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16520 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16521 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16525 /* Truncated table??? */
16526 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16528 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16529 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16530 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16531 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16532 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16534 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16535 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16539 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16540 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16541 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16543 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16544 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16545 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16546 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16547 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16548 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16550 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16551 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16553 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16554 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16555 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16556 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16557 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16558 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16559 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16560 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16561 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16563 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16566 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16567 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16568 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16569 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16570 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16571 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16572 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16573 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16576 /* Truncated table??? */
16577 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16581 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16582 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16589 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16590 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16591 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16592 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16593 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16594 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16596 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16598 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16600 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16601 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16602 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16605 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16607 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16608 names
+= suffixlen
;
16611 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16620 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16622 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16623 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16625 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16627 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16630 /* MIPS libc ABI versions, used with the EI_ABIVERSION ELF file header
16631 field. Taken from `libc-abis.h' generated at GNU libc build time.
16632 Using a MIPS_ prefix as other libc targets use different values. */
16635 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_DEFAULT
= 0,
16636 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
,
16637 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_UNIQUE
,
16638 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
,
16639 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_ABSOLUTE
,
16640 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_XHASH
,
16645 _bfd_mips_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16647 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= NULL
;
16648 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16650 if (!_bfd_elf_init_file_header (abfd
, link_info
))
16653 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16656 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16657 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16660 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16661 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
;
16663 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16664 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16665 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
;
16667 /* Mark that we need support for absolute symbols in the dynamic loader. */
16668 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->use_absolute_zero
&& htab
->gnu_target
)
16669 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_ABSOLUTE
;
16671 /* Mark that we need support for .MIPS.xhash in the dynamic linker,
16672 if it is the only hash section that will be created. */
16673 if (link_info
&& link_info
->emit_gnu_hash
&& !link_info
->emit_hash
)
16674 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_XHASH
;
16679 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding
16680 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16682 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16685 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16688 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode
16689 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16691 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;
16694 /* Record a position XLAT_LOC in the xlat translation table, associated with
16695 the hash entry H. The entry in the translation table will later be
16696 populated with the real symbol dynindx. */
16699 _bfd_mips_elf_record_xhash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16702 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
16704 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
16705 hmips
->mipsxhash_loc
= xlat_loc
;